wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 682 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 683 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 684 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 685
 686 class Object(object):
 687     """
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 690     """
 691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 692     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 693     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 694     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 695         """
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String
 697
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 699         """
 700         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 701
 702     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 703         """
 704         Destroy(self)
 705
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 707         """
 708         args[0].this.own(False)
 709         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 710
 711     def IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs):
 712         """
 713         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool
 714
 715         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method
 716         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data
 717         object.
 718         """
 719         return _core_.Object_IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs)
 720
 721     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 722 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 723 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 724 cvar = _core_.cvar
 725 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 726
 727 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 728
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 750 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 751 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 752 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 753 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 754 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 755 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 756 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 757 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 758 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 759 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 760 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 762 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 763 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 764 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 765 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 766 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 767 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 768 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 769 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 770 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 771 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 772 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 773 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 774 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 775 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 776 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 777 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 778 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 779 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 780 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 781 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 782
 783 class Size(object):
 784     """
 785     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 786     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 787     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 788     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 789     """
 790     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 791     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 792     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 793     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 794     x = width; y = height
 795     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 796         """
 797         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 798
 799         Creates a size object.
 800         """
 801         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 802     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 803     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 804     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 805         """
 806         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 807
 808         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 809         """
 810         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 811
 812     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 813         """
 814         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 815
 816         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 817         """
 818         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 819
 820     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 821         """
 822         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 823
 824         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 825         """
 826         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 827
 828     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 829         """
 830         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 831
 832         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 833         """
 834         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 835
 836     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 837         """
 838         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 839
 840         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 841         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 842         """
 843         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 844
 845     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 846         """
 847         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 848
 849         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 850         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 851         """
 852         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 853
 854     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 855         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 856         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 857
 858     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 859         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 860         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 861
 862     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 863         """
 864         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 865
 866         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 867         """
 868         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 869
 870     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 871         """
 872         Set(self, int w, int h)
 873
 874         Set both width and height.
 875         """
 876         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 880         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 881
 882     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 883         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 884         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 885
 886     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 887         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 888         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 889
 890     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 891         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 892         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 893
 894     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 895         """
 896         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 897
 898         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 899         """
 900         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 901
 902     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 903         """
 904         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 905
 906         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 907         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 908         """
 909         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 910
 911     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 912         """
 913         Get() -> (width,height)
 914
 915         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 916         """
 917         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 918
 919     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 920     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 921     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 922     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 923     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 924     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 925         if index == 0: self.width = val
 926         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 927         else: raise IndexError
 928     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 929     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 930     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 931
 932 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 933
 934 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 935
 936 class RealPoint(object):
 937     """
 938     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 939     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 940     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 941     """
 942     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 943     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 944     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 945     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 946     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 947         """
 948         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 949
 950         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 951         """
 952         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 953     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 954     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 955     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 956         """
 957         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 958
 959         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 960         """
 961         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 962
 963     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 964         """
 965         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 966
 967         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 968         """
 969         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 970
 971     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 972         """
 973         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 974
 975         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 976         """
 977         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 978
 979     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 980         """
 981         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 982
 983         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 984         """
 985         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 986
 987     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 988         """
 989         Set(self, double x, double y)
 990
 991         Set both the x and y properties
 992         """
 993         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 994
 995     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 996         """
 997         Get() -> (x,y)
 998
 999         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1000         """
1001         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1002
1003     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1004     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1005     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
1006     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1007     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1008     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1009         if index == 0: self.x = val
1010         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1011         else: raise IndexError
1012     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1013     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1014     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1015
1016 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1017
1018 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1019
1020 class Point(object):
1021     """
1022     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1023     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1024     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1025     """
1026     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1027     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1028     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1029     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1030     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1031         """
1032         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1033
1034         Create a wx.Point object
1035         """
1036         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1037     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1038     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1039     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1040         """
1041         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1042
1043         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1044         """
1045         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1046
1047     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1048         """
1049         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1050
1051         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1052         """
1053         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1054
1055     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1056         """
1057         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1058
1059         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1060         """
1061         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1062
1063     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1064         """
1065         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1066
1067         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1068         """
1069         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1070
1071     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1072         """
1073         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1074
1075         Add pt to this object.
1076         """
1077         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1078
1079     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1080         """
1081         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1082
1083         Subtract pt from this object.
1084         """
1085         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1086
1087     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1088         """
1089         Set(self, long x, long y)
1090
1091         Set both the x and y properties
1092         """
1093         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1094
1095     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1096         """
1097         Get() -> (x,y)
1098
1099         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1100         """
1101         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1102
1103     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1104     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1105     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1106     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1107     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1108     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1109         if index == 0: self.x = val
1110         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1111         else: raise IndexError
1112     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1113     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1114     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1115
1116 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1117
1118 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1119
1120 class Rect(object):
1121     """
1122     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1123     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1124     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1125     """
1126     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1127     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1128     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1129         """
1130         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1131
1132         Create a new Rect object.
1133         """
1134         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1135     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1136     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1137     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1223         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1224
1225     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1226         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1227         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1228
1229     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1230         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1231         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1232
1233     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1234         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1235         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1236
1237     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1238         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1239         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1240
1241     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1242         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1243         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1244
1245     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1246         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1247         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1248
1249     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1250         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1251         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1252
1253     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1254     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1255     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1256     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1257     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1258     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1259
1260     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1261         """
1262         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1263
1264         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1265
1266         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1267         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1268         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1269         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1270         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1271         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1272         direction.
1273
1274         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1275         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1276         first::
1277
1278             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1279             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1280
1281
1282         """
1283         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1284
1285     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1286         """
1287         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1288
1289         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1290         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1291         `Inflate` for a full description.
1292         """
1293         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1294
1295     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1296         """
1297         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1298
1299         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1300         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1301         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1302         """
1303         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1304
1305     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1306         """
1307         Offset(self, Point pt)
1308
1309         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1310         """
1311         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1312
1313     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1314         """
1315         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1316
1317         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1318         """
1319         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1320
1321     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1322         """
1323         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1324
1325         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1326         """
1327         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1328
1329     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1330         """
1331         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1332
1333         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1334         """
1335         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1336
1337     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1338         """
1339         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1340
1341         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1342         """
1343         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1344
1345     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1346         """
1347         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1348
1349         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1350         """
1351         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1352
1353     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1354         """
1355         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1356
1357         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1358         """
1359         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1360
1361     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1362         """
1363         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1364
1365         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1366         """
1367         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1368
1369     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1370         """
1371         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1372
1373         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1374         """
1375         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1376
1377     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1378         """
1379         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1380
1381         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1382         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1383         """
1384         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1385
1386     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1387     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1388     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1389     Inside = Contains
1390     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1391     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1392
1393     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1394         """
1395         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1396
1397         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1398         """
1399         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1400
1401     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1402         """
1403         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1404
1405         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1406         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1407         """
1408         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1409
1410     CentreIn = CenterIn
1411     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1412     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1413     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1414     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1415     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1416         """
1417         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1418
1419         Set all rectangle properties.
1420         """
1421         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1422
1423     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1424         """
1425         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1426
1427         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1428         """
1429         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1430
1431     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1432     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1433     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1434     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1435     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1436     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1437         if index == 0: self.x = val
1438         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1439         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1440         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1441         else: raise IndexError
1442     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1443     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1444     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1445
1446     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1447     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1448     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1449     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1450     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1451     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1452     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1453     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1454     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1455     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1456     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1457     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1458     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1459     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1460     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1461 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1462
1463 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1464     """
1465     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1466
1467     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1468     """
1469     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1470     return val
1471
1472 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1473     """
1474     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1475
1476     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1477     """
1478     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1479     return val
1480
1481 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1482     """
1483     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1484
1485     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1486     """
1487     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1488     return val
1489
1490
1491 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1492   """
1493     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1494
1495     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1496     """
1497   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1498 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1499
1500 class Point2D(object):
1501     """
1502     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1503     with floating point values.
1504     """
1505     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1506     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1507     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1508         """
1509         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1510
1511         Create a w.Point2D object.
1512         """
1513         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1514     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1515     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1516     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1517         """
1518         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1519
1520         Convert to integer
1521         """
1522         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1523
1524     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1525         """
1526         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1527
1528         Convert to integer
1529         """
1530         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1531
1532     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1533         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1534         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1535
1536     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1537         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1538         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1539
1540     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1542         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1545         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1546         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1547
1548     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1549         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1550         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1551     def Normalize(self):
1552         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1553
1554     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1555         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1556         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1557
1558     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1559         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1560         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1561
1562     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1563         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1564         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1565
1566     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1567         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1568         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1569
1570     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1571         """
1572         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1573
1574         the reflection of this point
1575         """
1576         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1577
1578     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1579         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1580         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1581
1582     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1583         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1584         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1585
1586     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1587         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1588         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1589
1590     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1591         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1592         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1593
1594     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1595         """
1596         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1597
1598         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1599         """
1600         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1601
1602     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1603         """
1604         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1605
1606         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1607         """
1608         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1609
1610     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1611     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1612     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1613         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1614         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1615
1616     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1617         """
1618         Get() -> (x,y)
1619
1620         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1621         """
1622         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1623
1624     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1625     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1626     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1627     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1628     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1629     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1630         if index == 0: self.x = val
1631         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1632         else: raise IndexError
1633     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1634     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1635     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1636
1637     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1638     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1639     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1640     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1641 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1642
1643 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1644     """
1645     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1646
1647     Create a w.Point2D object.
1648     """
1649     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1650     return val
1651
1652 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1653     """
1654     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1655
1656     Create a w.Point2D object.
1657     """
1658     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1659     return val
1660
1661 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1662
1663 Inside = _core_.Inside
1664 OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft
1665 OutRight = _core_.OutRight
1666 OutTop = _core_.OutTop
1667 OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom
1668 class Rect2D(object):
1669     """
1670     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1671     with floating point component values.
1672     """
1673     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1674     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1675     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1676         """
1677         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D
1678
1679         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1680         with floating point component values.
1681         """
1682         _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs))
1683     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D
1684     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1685     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1686         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D"""
1687         return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1688
1689     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1690         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1691         return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1692
1693     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1694         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble"""
1695         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1696
1697     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1698         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)"""
1699         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1700
1701     def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs):
1702         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1703         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs)
1704
1705     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1706         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble"""
1707         return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1708
1709     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1710         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)"""
1711         return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1712
1713     def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1714         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1715         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1716
1717     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1718         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble"""
1719         return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1720
1721     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1722         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)"""
1723         return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1724
1725     def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1726         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1727         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1728
1729     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1730         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble"""
1731         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1732
1733     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1734         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)"""
1735         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1736
1737     def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs):
1738         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1739         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs)
1740
1741     def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1742         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1743         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1744
1745     def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1746         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1747         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1748
1749     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1750         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1751         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1752
1753     def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1754         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1755         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1756
1757     def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1758         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1759         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1760
1761     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1763         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1767         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1771         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1775         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1779         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1783         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1786         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1787         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1788
1789     def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D"""
1791         return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793     def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1794         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)"""
1795         return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1796
1797     def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs):
1798         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1799         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs)
1800
1801     def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs):
1802         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int"""
1803         return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs)
1804
1805     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool"""
1807         return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1811         return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1815         return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs):
1818         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1819         return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs)
1820
1821     def Inset(*args):
1822         """
1823         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y)
1824         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom)
1825         """
1826         return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args)
1827
1828     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)"""
1830         return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs):
1833         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)"""
1834         return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs)
1835
1836     def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs):
1837         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D"""
1838         return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs)
1839
1840     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1841         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1842         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844     def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
1845         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1846         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
1847
1848     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1849         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1850         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1853         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1854         return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856     def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs):
1857         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1858         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs)
1859
1860     def Scale(*args):
1861         """
1862         Scale(self, wxDouble f)
1863         Scale(self, int num, int denum)
1864         """
1865         return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args)
1866
1867     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1868         """
1869         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1870
1871         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1872         """
1873         return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1874
1875     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1876         """
1877         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1878
1879         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1880         """
1881         return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1882
1883     x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set)
1884     y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set)
1885     width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set)
1886     height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set)
1887     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1888         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)"""
1889         return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1890
1891     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1892         """
1893         Get() -> (x,y, width, height)
1894
1895         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple.
1896         """
1897         return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1898
1899     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1900     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get())
1901     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1902     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1903     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1904         if index == 0: self.x = val
1905         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1906         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1907         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1908         else: raise IndexError
1909     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)
1910     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1911     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get())
1912
1913 _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D)
1914
1915 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1916
1917 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1918 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1919 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1920 class InputStream(object):
1921     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1922     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1923     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1924     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1925         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1926         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1927     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1928     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1929     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1930         """close(self)"""
1931         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1932
1933     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1934         """flush(self)"""
1935         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1936
1937     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1938         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1939         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1940
1941     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1942         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1943         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1944
1945     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1946         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1947         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1948
1949     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1950         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1951         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1952
1953     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1954         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1955         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1956
1957     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1958         """tell(self) -> int"""
1959         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1960
1961     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1962         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1963         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1964
1965     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1966         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1967         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1968
1969     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1970         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1971         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1972
1973     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1974         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1975         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1976
1977     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1978         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1979         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1980
1981     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1982         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1983         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1987         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1991         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1994 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1995 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1996
1997 class OutputStream(object):
1998     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1999     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2000     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2001     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2002     def write(*args, **kwargs):
2003         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
2004         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
2005
2006     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
2007         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
2008         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
2011
2012 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013
2014 class FSFile(Object):
2015     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
2016     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2017     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2018     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2019         """
2020         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
2021             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
2022         """
2023         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
2024     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
2025     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2026     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
2027         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
2028         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
2031         """DetachStream(self)"""
2032         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2035         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2036         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2037
2038     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2039         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
2040         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2041
2042     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2043         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
2044         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2045
2046     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
2047         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
2048         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
2049
2050     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2051     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
2052     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
2053     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
2054     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
2055 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
2056
2057 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
2058     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
2059     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2060     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2061     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2062     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
2063     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2064 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
2065
2066 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2067     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
2068     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2069     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2070     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2071         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
2072         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2073         FileSystemHandler._setCallbackInfo(self, self, FileSystemHandler)
2074
2075     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
2076         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
2077         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
2078
2079     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2080         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2081         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2082
2083     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2084         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2085         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2086
2087     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2088         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2089         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2090
2091     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2092         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2093         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2094
2095     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
2097         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
2098
2099     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2100         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2101         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2104         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
2105         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2108         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2109         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2110
2111     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
2112         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
2113         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
2114
2115     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2116     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
2117     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
2118     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
2119     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
2120 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
2121
2122 class FileSystem(Object):
2123     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
2124     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2125     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2126     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2127         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
2128         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
2129     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
2130     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2131     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
2132         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
2133         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
2134
2135     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
2136         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
2137         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
2138
2139     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2140         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
2141         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2142
2143     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2144         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2145         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2146
2147     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2148         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2149         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2150
2151     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2152         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2153         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2154
2155     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2156     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2157         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2158         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2159
2160     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2161     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2162         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
2163         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2164
2165     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
2166     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2167         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2168         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2169
2170     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
2171     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2172         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2173         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2174
2175     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
2176     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
2177 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
2178
2179 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2180   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2181   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2182
2183 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2184   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2185   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2186
2187 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
2188   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
2189   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
2190
2191 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2192   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2193   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2194
2195 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2196   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2197   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2198
2199 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2200     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
2201     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2203     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2204         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
2205         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2206     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2207         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2208         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2209
2210     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2211         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2212         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2213
2214 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
2215
2216 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2217     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
2218     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2219     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2220     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2221         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
2222         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2223     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2224         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2225         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2226
2227     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2228         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2229         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2230
2231     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2232         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2233         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2234
2235     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2236         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2237         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2238
2239 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
2240
2241
2242 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
2243   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2244   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
2245
2246 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2247   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2248   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2249
2250 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
2251   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2252   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
2253 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
2254     """
2255     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
2256     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2257     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2258     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2259     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2260     """
2261     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
2262         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2263     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
2264         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2265     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2266         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2267     else:
2268         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2269
2270 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2271     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2272     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2273     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2274     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2275         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2276         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2277     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2278         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2279         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2280
2281     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2282     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2283     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2284         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2285         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2286
2287     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2288         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2289         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2290
2291     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2292         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2293         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2294
2295     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2296         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2297         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2298
2299 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2300
2301 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2302   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2303   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2306 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2307 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2308 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2309 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2310 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2311
2312 class ImageHandler(Object):
2313     """
2314     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2315     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2316     normally seen by the application.
2317     """
2318     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2319     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2320     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2321     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2322         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2323         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2324
2325     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2326         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2327         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2328
2329     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2330         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2331         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2332
2333     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2334         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2335         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2336
2337     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2338         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2339         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2340
2341     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2342         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2343         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2344
2345     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2346         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2347         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2351         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2352
2353     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2354         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2355         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2356
2357     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2358         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2359         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2360
2361     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2362     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2363     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2364     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2365 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2366
2367 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2368     """
2369     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2370     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2371     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2372     the following methods::
2373
2374         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2375             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2376
2377         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2378             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2379
2380         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2381             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2382                this handler's image file format.'''
2383
2384         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2385             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2386                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2387
2388     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2389     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2390     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2391
2392     """
2393     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2394     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2395     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2396         """
2397         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2398
2399         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2400         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2401         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2402         the following methods::
2403
2404             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2405                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2406
2407             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2408                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2409
2410             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2411                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2412                    this handler's image file format.'''
2413
2414             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2415                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2416                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2417
2418         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2419         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2420         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2421
2422         """
2423         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2424         self._SetSelf(self)
2425
2426     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2427         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2428         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2429
2430 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2431
2432 class ImageHistogram(object):
2433     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2434     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2435     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2436     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2437         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2438         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2439     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2440         """
2441         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2442
2443         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2444         """
2445         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2446
2447     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2448     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2451
2452         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2453         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2454         success flag and rgb values.
2455         """
2456         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2457
2458     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2459         """
2460         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2461
2462         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2463         key value from a RGB tripple.
2464         """
2465         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2466
2467     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2468         """
2469         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2470
2471         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2472         """
2473         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2474
2475     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2476         """
2477         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2478
2479         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2480         """
2481         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2482
2483 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2484
2485 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2486   """
2487     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2488
2489     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2490     """
2491   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2492
2493 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2494     """
2495     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2496     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2497     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2498     color space.
2499     """
2500     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2501     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2502     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2505
2506         Constructor.
2507         """
2508         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2509     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2510     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2511     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2512 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2513
2514 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2515     """
2516     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2517     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2518     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2519     color space.
2520     """
2521     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2522     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2523     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2526
2527         Constructor.
2528         """
2529         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2530     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2531     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2532     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2533 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2534
2535 class Image(Object):
2536     """
2537     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2538     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2539     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2540     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2541
2542     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2543     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2544     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2545     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2546
2547     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2548     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2549     bitmap object.
2550
2551     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2552     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2553     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2554     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2555     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2556
2557     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2558     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2559     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2560     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2561     """
2562     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2563     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2564     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2565         """
2566         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2567
2568         Loads an image from a file.
2569         """
2570         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2571     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2572     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2573     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2574         """
2575         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2576
2577         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2578         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2579         """
2580         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2581
2582     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2583         """
2584         Destroy(self)
2585
2586         Destroys the image data.
2587         """
2588         args[0].this.own(False)
2589         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2590
2591     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2592         """
2593         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2594
2595         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2596         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2597         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2598         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2599         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2600         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2601         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2602         downsampling respectively.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2608         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2609
2610     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2611         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2612         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2617
2618         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2619         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2620         single mask colour for transparency.
2621         """
2622         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2623
2624     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2625         """
2626         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2627
2628         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2629         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2630
2631         """
2632         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2633
2634     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2635         """
2636         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2637
2638         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2639         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2640         """
2641         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2642
2643     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2644         """
2645         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2646
2647         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2648         """
2649         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2650
2651     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2652         """
2653         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2654
2655         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2656         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2657
2658         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2659         """
2660         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2661
2662     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2663         """
2664         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2665
2666         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2667         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2668         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2669         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2670         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2671         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2672         newly exposed areas.
2673
2674         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2675         """
2676         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2677
2678     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2679         """
2680         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2681
2682         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2683         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2684         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2685         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2686         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2687         """
2688         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2689
2690     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2691         """
2692         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2693
2694         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2695         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2696         safe way to manipulate the data.
2697         """
2698         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2699
2700     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2701         """
2702         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2703
2704         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2711
2712         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2719
2720         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2721         """
2722         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2723
2724     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2725         """
2726         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2727
2728         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2729         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2730         for this.
2731         """
2732         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2733
2734     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2735         """
2736         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2737
2738         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2739         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2740         this.
2741
2742         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2743         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2744         the fully opaque pixels.
2745         """
2746         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2747
2748     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2749         """
2750         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2751
2752         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2753         """
2754         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2755
2756     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2757         """
2758         InitAlpha(self)
2759
2760         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2761         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2762         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2763         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2764         """
2765         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2766
2767     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2768         """
2769         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2770
2771         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2772         than the spcified threshold.
2773         """
2774         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2775
2776     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2777         """
2778         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2779
2780         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2781         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2782         success flag and rgb values.
2783         """
2784         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2785
2786     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2787         """
2788         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2789
2790         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2791         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2792         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2793         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2794
2795         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2796         nothing.
2797         """
2798         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2799
2800     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2801         """
2802         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2803
2804         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2805         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2806         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2807         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2808         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2809         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2810         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2811         """
2812         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2813
2814     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2815         """
2816         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2817
2818         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2819         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2820         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2821         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2822         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2823
2824         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2825         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2826         mask was successfully applied.
2827
2828         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2829         computationally intensive operation.
2830         """
2831         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2832
2833     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2834         """
2835         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2836
2837         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2838         """
2839         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2840
2841     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2842     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2843         """
2844         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2845
2846         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2847         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2848         the number of available images.
2849         """
2850         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2851
2852     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2853     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2854         """
2855         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2856
2857         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2858         library will try to autodetect the format.
2859         """
2860         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2861
2862     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2863         """
2864         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2865
2866         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2867         string.
2868         """
2869         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2870
2871     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2872         """
2873         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2874
2875         Saves an image in the named file.
2876         """
2877         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2880         """
2881         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2882
2883         Saves an image in the named file.
2884         """
2885         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2886
2887     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2888         """
2889         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2890
2891         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2892         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2893         object.
2894         """
2895         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2896
2897     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2898     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2899         """
2900         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2901
2902         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2903         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2904         autodetect the format.
2905         """
2906         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2907
2908     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2909         """
2910         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2911
2912         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2913         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2914         """
2915         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2916
2917     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2918         """
2919         IsOk(self) -> bool
2920
2921         Returns true if image data is present.
2922         """
2923         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2924
2925     Ok = IsOk
2926     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2927         """
2928         GetWidth(self) -> int
2929
2930         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2931         """
2932         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2933
2934     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2935         """
2936         GetHeight(self) -> int
2937
2938         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2939         """
2940         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2941
2942     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2943         """
2944         GetSize(self) -> Size
2945
2946         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2947         """
2948         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2949
2950     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2951         """
2952         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2953
2954         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2955         entirely to the image.
2956         """
2957         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2958
2959     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2960         """
2961         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2962
2963         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2964         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2965         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2966         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2967         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2968         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2969         newly exposed areas.
2970         """
2971         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2972
2973     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2974         """
2975         Copy(self) -> Image
2976
2977         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2978         """
2979         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2980
2981     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2982         """
2983         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2984
2985         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2986         and any out of bounds problems.
2987         """
2988         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2989
2990     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2991         """
2992         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2993
2994         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2995         """
2996         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2997
2998     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2999         """
3000         SetData(self, buffer data)
3001
3002         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
3003         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
3004         the data must be width*height*3.
3005         """
3006         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
3007
3008     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3009         """
3010         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3011
3012         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
3013         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
3014         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3015         """
3016         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3017
3018     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3019         """
3020         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
3021
3022         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
3023         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3024         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
3025         """
3026         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3029         """
3030         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
3031
3032         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
3033         """
3034         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3035
3036     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3037         """
3038         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
3039
3040         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
3041         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
3042         data must be width*height.
3043         """
3044         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3045
3046     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3047         """
3048         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3049
3050         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
3051         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
3052         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3053         """
3054         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3055
3056     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3057         """
3058         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
3059
3060         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
3061         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3062         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
3063         """
3064         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3065
3066     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3067         """
3068         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
3069
3070         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
3071         mask).
3072         """
3073         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3074
3075     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3076         """
3077         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
3078
3079         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
3080         """
3081         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3082
3083     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
3084         """
3085         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
3086
3087         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
3088         """
3089         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
3090
3091     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
3092         """
3093         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
3094
3095         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
3096         """
3097         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
3098
3099     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
3100         """
3101         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
3102
3103         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
3104         """
3105         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
3106
3107     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
3108         """
3109         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
3110
3111         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
3112         determined by the current mask colour.
3113         """
3114         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
3115
3116     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
3117         """
3118         HasMask(self) -> bool
3119
3120         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
3121         """
3122         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
3123
3124     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
3125         """
3126         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
3127             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
3128
3129         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
3130         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
3131         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
3132         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
3133         will be used as the fill colour.
3134
3135         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
3136         """
3137         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
3138
3139     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
3140         """
3141         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
3142
3143         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
3144         indicated by ``clockwise``.
3145         """
3146         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
3147
3148     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
3149         """
3150         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
3151
3152         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
3153         indicates the orientation.
3154         """
3155         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
3156
3157     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
3158         """
3159         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
3160
3161         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
3162         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
3163         """
3164         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
3165
3166     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
3167         """
3168         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
3169
3170         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
3171         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
3172         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
3173         """
3174         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
3175
3176     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
3177         """
3178         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
3179
3180         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
3181         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
3182         colour everywhere else.
3183         """
3184         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
3185
3186     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3187         """
3188         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
3189
3190         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
3191         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
3192         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
3193         """
3194         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3195
3196     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3197         """
3198         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
3199
3200         Sets an image option as an integer.
3201         """
3202         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3203
3204     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3205         """
3206         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
3207
3208         Gets the value of an image handler option.
3209         """
3210         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3211
3212     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3213         """
3214         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
3215
3216         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
3217         option is not present, the function returns 0.
3218         """
3219         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3220
3221     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
3222         """
3223         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3224
3225         Returns true if the given option is present.
3226         """
3227         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
3228
3229     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
3230         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3231         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
3232
3233     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
3234         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3235         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
3236
3237     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3238         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3239         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3240
3241     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
3242     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3243         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3244         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3245
3246     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
3247     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3248         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3249         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3250
3251     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
3252     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
3253         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3254         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
3255
3256     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
3257     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
3258         """
3259         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3260
3261         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3262         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3263         dialog boxes.
3264         """
3265         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3266
3267     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3268     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3269         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3270         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3271
3272     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3273         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3274         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3275
3276     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3277         """
3278         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3279
3280         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3281         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3282         """
3283         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3284
3285     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3286         """
3287         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3288
3289         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3290         """
3291         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3292
3293     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3294     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3295         """
3296         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3297
3298         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3299         """
3300         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3301
3302     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3303     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3304     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3305     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3306     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3307     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3308     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3309     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3310     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3311     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3312     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3313 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3314
3315 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3316     """
3317     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3318
3319     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3320     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3321     """
3322     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3323     return val
3324
3325 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3326     """
3327     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3328
3329     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3330     object.
3331     """
3332     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3333     return val
3334
3335 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3336     """
3337     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3338
3339     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3340     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3341     """
3342     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3343     return val
3344
3345 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3346     """
3347     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3348
3349     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3350     pixels to black.
3351     """
3352     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3353     return val
3354
3355 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3356     """
3357     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3358
3359     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3360     """
3361     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3362     return val
3363
3364 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3365     """
3366     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3367
3368     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3369     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3370     must be width*height*3.
3371     """
3372     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3373     return val
3374
3375 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3376     """
3377     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3378
3379     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3380     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3381     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3382     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3383     """
3384     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3385     return val
3386
3387 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3388   """
3389     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3390
3391     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3392     """
3393   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3394
3395 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3396   """
3397     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3398
3399     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3400     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3401     the number of available images.
3402     """
3403   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3404
3405 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3406   """
3407     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3408
3409     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3410     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3411     object.
3412     """
3413   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3414
3415 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3416   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3417   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3418
3419 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3420   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3421   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3422
3423 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3424   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3425   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3426
3427 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3428   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3429   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3430
3431 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3432   """
3433     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3434
3435     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3436     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3437     dialog boxes.
3438     """
3439   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3440
3441 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3442   """
3443     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3444
3445     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3446     """
3447   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3448
3449 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3450   """
3451     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3452
3453     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3454     """
3455   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3456
3457
3458 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3459   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3460   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3461 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3462     """
3463     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3464     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3465     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3466     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3467     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3468     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3469
3470     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3471     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3472     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3473     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3474     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3475
3476     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3477     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3478     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3479     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3480     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3481     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3482     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3483     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3484     them to change size.
3485     """
3486     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3487     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3488     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3489     return image
3490
3491 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3492     """
3493     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3494     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3495     """
3496     pass
3497
3498 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3499 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3500 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3501 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3502 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3503 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3504 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3505 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3506 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3507 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3508 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3509 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3510 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3511 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3512 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3513     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3514     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3515     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3516     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3517         """
3518         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3519
3520         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3521         """
3522         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3523 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3524 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3525 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3526 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3527 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3528 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3529 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3530 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3531 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3532 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3533 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3534 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3535 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3536 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3537 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3538 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3539 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3540
3541 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3542     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3543     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3544     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3545     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3546         """
3547         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3548
3549         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3550         """
3551         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3552 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3553
3554 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3555     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3556     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3557     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3558     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3559         """
3560         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3561
3562         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3563         """
3564         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3565 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3566
3567 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3568     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3569     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3570     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3571     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3572         """
3573         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3574
3575         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3576         """
3577         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3578 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3579
3580 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3581     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3582     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3583     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3584     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3585         """
3586         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3587
3588         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3589         """
3590         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3591 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3592
3593 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3594     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3595     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3596     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3597     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3598         """
3599         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3600
3601         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3602         """
3603         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3604 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3605
3606 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3607     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3608     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3609     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3610     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3611         """
3612         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3613
3614         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3615         """
3616         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3617 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3618
3619 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3620     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3621     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3622     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3623     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3624         """
3625         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3626
3627         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3628         """
3629         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3630 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3631
3632 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3633     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3634     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3635     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3636     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3637         """
3638         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3639
3640         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3641         """
3642         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3643 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3644
3645 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3646     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3647     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3648     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3649     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3650         """
3651         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3652
3653         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3654         """
3655         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3656 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3657
3658 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3659     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3660     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3661     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3662     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3663         """
3664         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3665
3666         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3667         """
3668         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3669 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3670
3671 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler):
3672     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files."""
3673     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3674     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3675     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3676         """
3677         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler
3678
3679         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.
3680         """
3681         _core_.TGAHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TGAHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3682 _core_.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler)
3683
3684 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3685 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3686 class Quantize(object):
3687     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3688     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3689     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3690     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3691     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3692         """
3693         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3694
3695         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3696         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3697         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3698         """
3699         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3700
3701     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3702 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3703
3704 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3705   """
3706     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3707
3708     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3709     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3710     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3711     """
3712   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3713
3714 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3715
3716 class EvtHandler(Object):
3717     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3718     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3719     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3720     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3721         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3722         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3723         self._setOORInfo(self)
3724
3725     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3726         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3727         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3728
3729     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3730         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3731         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3732
3733     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3734         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3735         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3736
3737     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3738         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3739         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3740
3741     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3742         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3743         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3744
3745     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3746         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3747         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3748
3749     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3750         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3751         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3752
3753     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3754         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3755         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3756
3757     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3758         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3759         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3760
3761     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3762         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3763         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3764
3765     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3766         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3767         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3768
3769     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3770         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3771         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3772         args[0].this.own(False)
3773         return val
3774
3775     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3776         """
3777         Bind an event to an event handler.
3778
3779         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3780                       type of event to bind,
3781
3782         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3783                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3784                       disconnect an event handler.
3785
3786         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3787                       different window than self, but you still
3788                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3789                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3790                       passing the source of the event, the event
3791                       handling system is able to differentiate
3792                       between the same event type from different
3793                       controls.
3794
3795         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3796                    of instance.
3797
3798         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3799                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3800         """
3801         if source is not None:
3802             id  = source.GetId()
3803         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3804
3805     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3806         """
3807         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3808         Returns True if successful.
3809         """
3810         if source is not None:
3811             id  = source.GetId()
3812         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3813
3814     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3815     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3816     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3817 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3818
3819 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3820
3821 class PyEventBinder(object):
3822     """
3823     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3824     handlers.
3825     """
3826     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3827         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3828             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3829         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3830
3831         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3832             self.evtType = evtType
3833         else:
3834             self.evtType = [evtType]
3835
3836
3837     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3838         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3839         for et in self.evtType:
3840             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3841
3842
3843     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3844         """Remove an event binding."""
3845         success = 0
3846         for et in self.evtType:
3847             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3848         return success != 0
3849
3850
3851     def __call__(self, *args):
3852         """
3853         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3854         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3855         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3856         type of the event.
3857         """
3858         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3859         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3860         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3861         target = args[0]
3862         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3863             func = args[1]
3864         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3865             id1 = args[1]
3866             func = args[2]
3867         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3868             id1 = args[1]
3869             id2 = args[2]
3870             func = args[3]
3871         else:
3872             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3873
3874         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3875
3876
3877 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3878 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3879     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3880 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3881     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3882
3883
3884 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3885
3886 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3887
3888 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3889 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3890
3891 def NewEventType(*args):
3892   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3893   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3894 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3895 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3896 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3897 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3898 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3899 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3900 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3901 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3902 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3903 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3904 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3905 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3906 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3907 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3908 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3909 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3910 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3911 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3912 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3913 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3914 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3915 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3916 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3917 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3918 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3919 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3920 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3921 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3922 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3923 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3924 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3925 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3926 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3927 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3928 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3929 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3930 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3931 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3932 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3933 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3934 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3935 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3936 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3937 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3938 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3939 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3940 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3941 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3942 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3943 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3944 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3945 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3946 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3947 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3948 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3949 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3950 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3951 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3952 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3953 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3954 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3955 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3956 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3957 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3958 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3959 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3960 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3961 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3962 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3963 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3964 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3965 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3966 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3967 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3968 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3969 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3970 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3971 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3972 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3973 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3974 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3975 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3976 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3977 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3978 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3979 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3980 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3981 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3982 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3983 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3984 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3985 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3986 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3987 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3988 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3989 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3990 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3991 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3992 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3993 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3994 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3995 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3996 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3997 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3998 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3999 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
4000 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
4001 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
4002 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
4003 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
4004 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
4005 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
4006 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
4007 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
4008 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
4009 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
4010 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
4011 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
4012 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
4013 #
4014 # Create some event binders
4015 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
4016 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
4017 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
4018 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
4019 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
4020 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4021 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4022 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
4023 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
4024 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
4025 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
4026 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
4027 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
4028 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
4029 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
4030 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
4031 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
4032 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
4033 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
4034 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
4035 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
4036 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
4037 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
4038 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
4039 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
4040 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4041 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4042 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
4043 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
4044 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
4045 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
4046 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
4047 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
4048 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
4049 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
4050 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
4051 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
4052 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
4053 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
4054 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
4055 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
4056 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
4057
4058 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
4059 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
4060 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
4061 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
4062 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
4063 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
4064 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
4065 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
4066 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
4067 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4068 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
4069 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
4070 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
4071
4072 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
4073                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
4074                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
4075                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
4076                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
4077                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
4078                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
4079                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
4080                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
4081                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
4082                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
4083                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
4084                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4085                                      ])
4086
4087
4088 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
4089 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
4090                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
4091                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
4092                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
4093                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
4094                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
4095                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
4096                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
4097                                   ])
4098
4099 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
4100 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
4101 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
4102 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
4103 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
4104 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
4105 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
4106 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
4107
4108 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
4109 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4110                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4111                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4112                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4113                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4114                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4115                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4116                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4117                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4118                                ])
4119
4120 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
4121 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
4122 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
4123 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
4124 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
4125 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
4126 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
4127 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
4128 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
4129 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4130
4131 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
4132 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4133                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4134                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4135                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4136                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4137                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4138                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4139                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4140                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4141                                        ], 1)
4142
4143 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
4144 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
4145 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
4146 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
4147 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
4148 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
4149 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
4150 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
4151 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
4152 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
4153
4154 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
4155 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
4156 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
4157 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4158 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
4159 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
4160 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
4161 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
4162 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4163 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
4164
4165 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
4166 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4167 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4168 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
4169 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
4170 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
4171 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
4172 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
4173 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
4174
4175
4176 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
4177 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
4178 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
4179 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
4180 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
4181 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
4182 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
4183
4184 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
4185
4186 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
4187 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
4188
4189 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
4190
4191 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
4192 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
4193 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
4194
4195
4196 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4197
4198 class Event(Object):
4199     """
4200     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4201     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4202     other event classes
4203     """
4204     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4205     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
4206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4207     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
4208     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4209     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4210         """
4211         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
4212
4213         Sets the specific type of the event.
4214         """
4215         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4216
4217     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4218         """
4219         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
4220
4221         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4222         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4223         """
4224         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4225
4226     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4227         """
4228         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4229
4230         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4231         any.
4232         """
4233         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4234
4235     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4236         """
4237         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4238
4239         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4240         object that is sending the event.
4241         """
4242         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4243
4244     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4245         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4246         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4247
4248     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4249         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4250         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4251
4252     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
4253         """
4254         GetId(self) -> int
4255
4256         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4257         command id.
4258         """
4259         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
4260
4261     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
4262         """
4263         SetId(self, int Id)
4264
4265         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4266         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4267         item, etc.
4268         """
4269         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4270
4271     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4272         """
4273         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4274
4275         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4276         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4277         """
4278         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4279
4280     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4281         """
4282         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4283
4284         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4285         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4286         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4287         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4288         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4289         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4290         already in the current handler.
4291         """
4292         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4293
4294     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4295         """
4296         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4297
4298         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4299         :see: `Skip`
4300         """
4301         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4302
4303     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4304         """
4305         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4306
4307         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4308         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4309         """
4310         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4311
4312     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4313         """
4314         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4315
4316         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4317         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4318         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4319         """
4320         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4321
4322     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4323         """
4324         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4325
4326         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4327         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4328         `StopPropagation`.)
4329
4330         """
4331         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4332
4333     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4334         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4335         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4336
4337     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4338     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4339     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4340     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4341     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4342 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4343
4344 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4345
4346 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4347     """
4348     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4349     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4350     propogation of the event will be restored.
4351     """
4352     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4353     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4354     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4355         """
4356         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4357
4358         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4359         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4360         propogation of the event will be restored.
4361         """
4362         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4363     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4364     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4365 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4366
4367 class PropagateOnce(object):
4368     """
4369     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4370     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4371     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4372     """
4373     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4374     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4375     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4376         """
4377         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4378
4379         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4380         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4381         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4382         """
4383         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4384     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4385     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4386 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4387
4388 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4389
4390 class CommandEvent(Event):
4391     """
4392     This event class contains information about command events, which
4393     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4394     toolbars.
4395     """
4396     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4397     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4398     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4399         """
4400         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4401
4402         This event class contains information about command events, which
4403         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4404         toolbars.
4405         """
4406         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4407     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4408         """
4409         GetSelection(self) -> int
4410
4411         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4412         for a deselection).
4413         """
4414         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4415
4416     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4417         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4418         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4419
4420     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4421         """
4422         GetString(self) -> String
4423
4424         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4425         for a deselection).
4426         """
4427         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4428
4429     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4430         """
4431         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4432
4433         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4434         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4435         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4436         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4437         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4438         """
4439         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4440
4441     Checked = IsChecked
4442     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4443         """
4444         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4445
4446         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4447         false if it is a deselection.
4448         """
4449         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4450
4451     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4452         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4453         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4454
4455     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4456         """
4457         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4458
4459         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4460         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4461         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4462         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4463         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4464         listbox must be examined by the application.
4465         """
4466         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4467
4468     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4469         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4470         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4471
4472     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4473         """
4474         GetInt(self) -> int
4475
4476         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4477         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4478         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4479         """
4480         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4481
4482     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4483         """
4484         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4485
4486         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4487         """
4488         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4489
4490     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4491         """
4492         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4493
4494         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4495         """
4496         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4497
4498     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4499     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4500
4501     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4502         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4503         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4504
4505     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4506     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4507     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4508     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4509     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4510     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4511 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4512
4513 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4514
4515 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4516     """
4517     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4518     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4519     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4520     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4521     """
4522     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4523     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4524     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4525         """
4526         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4527
4528         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4529         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4530         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4531         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4532         """
4533         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4534     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4535         """
4536         Veto(self)
4537
4538         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4539
4540         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4541         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4542         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4543         """
4544         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4545
4546     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4547         """
4548         Allow(self)
4549
4550         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4551         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4552         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4553         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4554         """
4555         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4556
4557     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4558         """
4559         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4560
4561         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4562         false otherwise (if it was).
4563         """
4564         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4565
4566 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4567
4568 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4569
4570 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4571     """
4572     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4573     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4574     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4575     instead.
4576     """
4577     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4578     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4579     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4580         """
4581         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4582             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4583         """
4584         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4585     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4586         """
4587         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4588
4589         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4590         the scrollbar.
4591         """
4592         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4593
4594     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4595         """
4596         GetPosition(self) -> int
4597
4598         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4599         """
4600         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4601
4602     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4603         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4604         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4605
4606     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4607         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4608         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4609
4610     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4611     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4612 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4613
4614 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4615
4616 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4617     """
4618     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4619     scrolling windows.
4620     """
4621     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4622     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4623     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4624         """
4625         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4626
4627         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4628         scrolling windows.
4629         """
4630         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4631     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4632         """
4633         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4634
4635         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4636         the scrollbar.
4637         """
4638         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4639
4640     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4641         """
4642         GetPosition(self) -> int
4643
4644         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4645         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4646         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4647         """
4648         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4649
4650     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4651         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4652         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4653
4654     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4655         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4656         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4657
4658     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4659     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4660 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4661
4662 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4663
4664 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4665 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4666 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4667 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4668 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4669 class MouseEvent(Event):
4670     """
4671     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4672     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4673     mouse move events.
4674
4675     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4676     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4677     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4678     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4679     events from it.
4680
4681     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4682     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4683     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4684     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4685     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4686     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4687     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4688     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4689     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4690     """
4691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4692     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4693     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4694         """
4695         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4696
4697         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4698
4699             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4700             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4701             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4702             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4703             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4704             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4705             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4706             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4707             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4708             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4709             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4710             * wxEVT_MOTION
4711             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4712         """
4713         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4714     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4715         """
4716         IsButton(self) -> bool
4717
4718         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4719         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4720         """
4721         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4722
4723     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4724         """
4725         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4726
4727         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4728         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4729         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4730         values).
4731         """
4732         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4733
4734     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4735         """
4736         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4737
4738         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4739         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4740         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4741         values).
4742         """
4743         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4744
4745     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4746         """
4747         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4748
4749         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4750         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4751         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4752         """
4753         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4754
4755     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4756         """
4757         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4758
4759         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4760         values of button are:
4761
4762              ====================      =====================================
4763              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4764              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4765              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4766              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4767              ====================      =====================================
4768
4769         """
4770         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4771
4772     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4773         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4774         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4775
4776     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4777         """
4778         GetButton(self) -> int
4779
4780         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4781         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4782         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4783         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4784         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4785         right buttons respectively.
4786         """
4787         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4788
4789     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4790         """
4791         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4792
4793         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4794         """
4795         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4796
4797     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4798         """
4799         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4800
4801         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4802         """
4803         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4804
4805     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4806         """
4807         AltDown(self) -> bool
4808
4809         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4810         """
4811         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4812
4813     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4814         """
4815         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4816
4817         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4818         """
4819         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4820
4821     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4822         """
4823         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4824
4825         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4826         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4827         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4828         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4829         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4830         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4831         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4832         """
4833         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4834
4835     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4836         """
4837         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4838
4839         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4840         """
4841         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4842
4843     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4844         """
4845         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4846
4847         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4848         """
4849         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4850
4851     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4852         """
4853         RightDown(self) -> bool
4854
4855         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4856         """
4857         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4858
4859     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4860         """
4861         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4862
4863         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4864         """
4865         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4866
4867     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4868         """
4869         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4870
4871         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4872         """
4873         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4874
4875     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4876         """
4877         RightUp(self) -> bool
4878
4879         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4880         """
4881         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4882
4883     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4884         """
4885         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4886
4887         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4888         """
4889         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4890
4891     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4892         """
4893         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4894
4895         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4896         """
4897         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4898
4899     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4900         """
4901         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4902
4903         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4904         """
4905         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4906
4907     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4908         """
4909         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4910
4911         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4912         of the current event type.
4913
4914         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4915         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4916         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4917
4918         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4919         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4920         dragging the mouse.
4921         """
4922         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4923
4924     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4925         """
4926         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4927
4928         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4929         of the current event type.
4930         """
4931         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4932
4933     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4934         """
4935         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4936
4937         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4938         of the current event type.
4939         """
4940         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4941
4942     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4943         """
4944         Dragging(self) -> bool
4945
4946         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4947         depressed).
4948         """
4949         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4952         """
4953         Moving(self) -> bool
4954
4955         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4956         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4957         false and Dragging returns true.
4958         """
4959         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4960
4961     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4962         """
4963         Entering(self) -> bool
4964
4965         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4966         """
4967         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4968
4969     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4970         """
4971         Leaving(self) -> bool
4972
4973         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4974         """
4975         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4976
4977     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4978         """
4979         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4980
4981         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4982         event happened.
4983         """
4984         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4985
4986     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4987         """
4988         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4989
4990         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4991         event happened.
4992         """
4993         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4994
4995     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4996         """
4997         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4998
4999         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
5000         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
5001         that the window has been scrolled).
5002         """
5003         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5004
5005     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5006         """
5007         GetX(self) -> int
5008
5009         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5010         """
5011         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5012
5013     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5014         """
5015         GetY(self) -> int
5016
5017         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5018         """
5019         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5020
5021     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
5022         """
5023         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
5024
5025         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
5026         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
5027         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
5028         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
5029         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
5030         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
5031         have been accumulated before scrolling.
5032         """
5033         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
5034
5035     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
5036         """
5037         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
5038
5039         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
5040         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
5041         should occur for each delta.
5042         """
5043         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
5044
5045     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
5046         """
5047         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
5048
5049         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
5050         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
5051         """
5052         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
5053
5054     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
5055         """
5056         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
5057
5058         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
5059         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
5060         """
5061         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
5062
5063     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
5064     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
5065     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
5066     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
5067     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
5068     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5069     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5070     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
5071     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5072     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
5073     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
5074     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
5075     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
5076     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
5077     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
5078     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5079     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
5080     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
5081     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5082     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5083 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
5084
5085 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5086
5087 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
5088     """
5089     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
5090     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
5091     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
5092     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
5093     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
5094     """
5095     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5096     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5097     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5098         """
5099         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
5100
5101         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
5102         """
5103         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5104     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5105         """
5106         GetX(self) -> int
5107
5108         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5109         """
5110         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5111
5112     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5113         """
5114         GetY(self) -> int
5115
5116         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5117         """
5118         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5119
5120     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5121         """
5122         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
5123
5124         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
5125         """
5126         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5127
5128     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5129         """
5130         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5131
5132         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5133         """
5134         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5135
5136     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5137         """
5138         HasCursor(self) -> bool
5139
5140         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5141         """
5142         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5143
5144     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
5145     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5146     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5147 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
5148
5149 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5150
5151 class KeyEvent(Event):
5152     """
5153     This event class contains information about keypress and character
5154     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5155     the keyboard focus.
5156
5157     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5158     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5159     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5160     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5161     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5162     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5163     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5164     corresponding to each down one.
5165
5166     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5167     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5168     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5169     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5170     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5171     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5172     example.
5173
5174     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5175     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5176     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5177     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5178     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5179     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5180     well.
5181
5182     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5183     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5184     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5185     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5186     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5187     by the system itself.
5188
5189     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5190     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5191     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5192     the ASCII value of this key combination.
5193
5194     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5195     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5196     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5197     focus.
5198
5199     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5200     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5201     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5202     types of events to be a bit simpler.
5203
5204     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5205     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5206     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5207     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5208
5209     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5210     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5211     work under Windows.
5212
5213     """
5214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5217         """
5218         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5219
5220         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
5221             *
5222         """
5223         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5224     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5225         """
5226         GetModifiers(self) -> int
5227
5228         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
5229         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
5230         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
5231         example::
5232
5233             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
5234                 DoSomething()
5235
5236         """
5237         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5238
5239     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
5240         """
5241         ControlDown(self) -> bool
5242
5243         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5244         """
5245         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
5246
5247     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
5248         """
5249         MetaDown(self) -> bool
5250
5251         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5252         """
5253         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
5254
5255     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
5256         """
5257         AltDown(self) -> bool
5258
5259         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5260         """
5261         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
5262
5263     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5264         """
5265         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5266
5267         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5268         """
5269         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5270
5271     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5272         """
5273         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5274
5275         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5276         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5277         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5278         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5279         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5280         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5281         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5282         """
5283         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5284
5285     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5286         """
5287         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5288
5289         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5290         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5291         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5292         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5293         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5294         normally).
5295         """
5296         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5297
5298     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5299         """
5300         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5301
5302         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5303         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5304         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5305         codes.
5306
5307         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5308         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5309         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5310         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5311         """
5312         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5313
5314     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5315         """
5316         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5317
5318         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5319         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5320         """
5321         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5322
5323     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5324     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5325         """
5326         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5327
5328         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5329         build of wxPython.
5330         """
5331         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5332
5333     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5334         """
5335         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5336
5337         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5338         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5339         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5340         ports.
5341         """
5342         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5343
5344     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5345         """
5346         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5347
5348         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5349         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5350         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5351         """
5352         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5353
5354     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5355         """
5356         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5357
5358         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5359         """
5360         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5361
5362     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5363         """
5364         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5365
5366         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5367         """
5368         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5369
5370     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5371         """
5372         GetX(self) -> int
5373
5374         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5375         applicable.
5376         """
5377         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5378
5379     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5380         """
5381         GetY(self) -> int
5382
5383         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5384         applicable.
5385         """
5386         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5387
5388     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5389     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5390     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5391     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5392     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5393     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5394     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5395     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5396     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5397     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5398     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5399     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5400     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5401     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5402     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5403     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5404     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5405     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5406 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5407
5408 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5409
5410 class SizeEvent(Event):
5411     """
5412     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5413     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5414     been resized.
5415
5416     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5417     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5418     application.
5419
5420     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5421     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5422     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5423     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5424     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5425     invalidate the entire window.
5426
5427     """
5428     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5429     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5430     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5431         """
5432         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5433
5434         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5435         """
5436         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5437     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5438         """
5439         GetSize(self) -> Size
5440
5441         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5442         event.
5443         """
5444         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5445
5446     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5447         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5448         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5449
5450     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5451         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5452         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5453
5454     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5455         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5456         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5457
5458     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5459     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5460     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5461     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5462 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5463
5464 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5465
5466 class MoveEvent(Event):
5467     """
5468     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5469     moved to a new position.
5470     """
5471     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5472     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5473     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5474         """
5475         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5476
5477         Constructor.
5478         """
5479         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5480     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5481         """
5482         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5483
5484         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5485         """
5486         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5487
5488     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5489         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5490         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5491
5492     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5493         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5494         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5495
5496     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5497         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5498         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5499
5500     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5501     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5502
5503     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5504     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5505 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5506
5507 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5508
5509 class PaintEvent(Event):
5510     """
5511     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5512     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5513     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5514     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5515     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5516
5517     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5518     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5519     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5520     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5521     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5522     scrolled units.
5523
5524     """
5525     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5526     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5527     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5528         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5529         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5530 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5531
5532 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5533     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5534     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5535     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5536     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5537         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5538         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5539 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5540
5541 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5542
5543 class EraseEvent(Event):
5544     """
5545     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5546     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5547     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5548     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5549
5550     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5551     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5552     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5553
5554     """
5555     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5556     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5557     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5558         """
5559         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5560
5561         Constructor
5562         """
5563         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5564     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5565         """
5566         GetDC(self) -> DC
5567
5568         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5569         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5570         that instead.
5571         """
5572         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5573
5574     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5575 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5576
5577 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5578
5579 class FocusEvent(Event):
5580     """
5581     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5582     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5583     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5584
5585     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5586     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5587     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5588
5589     """
5590     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5591     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5592     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5593         """
5594         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5595
5596         Constructor
5597         """
5598         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5599     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5600         """
5601         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5602
5603         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5604         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5605         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5606
5607         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5608         """
5609         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5610
5611     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5612         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5613         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5614
5615     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5616 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5617
5618 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5619
5620 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5621     """
5622     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5623     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5624     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5625
5626     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5627     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5628     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5629     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5630     """
5631     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5632     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5633     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5634         """
5635         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5636
5637         Constructor
5638         """
5639         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5640     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5641         """
5642         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5643
5644         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5645         focus.
5646         """
5647         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5648
5649     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5650 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5651
5652 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5653
5654 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5655     """
5656     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5657     application is being activated or deactivated.
5658
5659     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5660     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5661     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5662     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5663     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5664     application frames being inactive.
5665
5666     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5667     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5668     doing so can result in strange effects.
5669
5670     """
5671     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5672     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5673     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5674         """
5675         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5676
5677         Constructor
5678         """
5679         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5680     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5681         """
5682         GetActive(self) -> bool
5683
5684         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5685         otherwise.
5686         """
5687         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5688
5689     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5690 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5691
5692 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5693
5694 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5695     """
5696     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5697     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5698     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5699     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5700     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5701     """
5702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5705         """
5706         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5707
5708         Constructor
5709         """
5710         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5711 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5712
5713 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5714
5715 class MenuEvent(Event):
5716     """
5717     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5718     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5719     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5720
5721     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5722     text in the first field of the status bar.
5723     """
5724     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5725     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5726     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5727         """
5728         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5729
5730         Constructor
5731         """
5732         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5733     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5734         """
5735         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5736
5737         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5738         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5739         """
5740         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5741
5742     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5743         """
5744         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5745
5746         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5747         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5748         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5749         """
5750         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5751
5752     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5753         """
5754         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5755
5756         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5757         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5758         """
5759         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5760
5761     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5762     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5763 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5764
5765 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5766
5767 class CloseEvent(Event):
5768     """
5769     This event class contains information about window and session close
5770     events.
5771
5772     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5773     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5774     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5775     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5776     function.
5777
5778     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5779     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5780     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5781     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5782     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5783     files or to cancel the close.
5784
5785     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5786     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5787     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5788     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5789     """
5790     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5791     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5792     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5793         """
5794         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5795
5796         Constructor.
5797         """
5798         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5799     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5800         """
5801         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5802
5803         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5804         """
5805         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5806
5807     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5808         """
5809         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5810
5811         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5812         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5813         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5814         window event.
5815         """
5816         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5817
5818     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5819         """
5820         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5821
5822         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5823         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5824
5825         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5826         """
5827         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5828
5829     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5830         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5831         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5832
5833     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5834         """
5835         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5836
5837         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5838         """
5839         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5840
5841     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5842         """
5843         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5844
5845         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5846         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5847         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5848         must be called to check this.
5849         """
5850         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5851
5852     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5853 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5854
5855 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5856
5857 class ShowEvent(Event):
5858     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5862         """
5863         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5864
5865         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5866         """
5867         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5868     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5869         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5870         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5871
5872     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5873         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5874         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5875
5876     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5877 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5878
5879 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5880
5881 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5882     """
5883     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5884     restored.
5885     """
5886     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5887     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5888     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5889         """
5890         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5891
5892         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5893         restored.
5894         """
5895         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5896     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5897         """
5898         Iconized(self) -> bool
5899
5900         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5901         been restored.
5902         """
5903         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5904
5905 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5906
5907 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5908
5909 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5910     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5911     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5912     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5913     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5914         """
5915         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5916
5917         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5918         """
5919         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5920 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5921
5922 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5923
5924 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5925     """
5926     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5927     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5928     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5929     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5930
5931     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5932     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5933     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5934     dropping files.
5935
5936     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5937     events.
5938
5939     """
5940     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5941     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5942     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5943     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5944         """
5945         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5946
5947         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5948         """
5949         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5950
5951     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5952         """
5953         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5954
5955         Returns the number of files dropped.
5956         """
5957         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5958
5959     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5960         """
5961         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5962
5963         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5964         """
5965         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5966
5967     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5968     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5969     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5970 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5971
5972 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5973
5974 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5975 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5976 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5977     """
5978     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5979     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5980     interface elements.
5981
5982     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5983     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5984     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5985     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5986     menu item or button.
5987
5988     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5989     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5990     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5991     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5992     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5993     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5994     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5995
5996     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5997     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5998     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5999     update.
6000
6001     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
6002     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
6003     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
6004
6005     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
6006     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
6007
6008        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
6009           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
6010           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
6011           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
6012           events.
6013
6014        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
6015           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
6016           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
6017           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
6018           delay before windows are updated.
6019
6020     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
6021     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
6022     from an internal idle handler.
6023
6024     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
6025     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
6026     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
6027
6028     """
6029     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6030     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6031     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6032         """
6033         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6034
6035         Constructor
6036         """
6037         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6038     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6039         """
6040         GetChecked(self) -> bool
6041
6042         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6043         """
6044         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6045
6046     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6047         """
6048         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6049
6050         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6051         """
6052         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6053
6054     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6055         """
6056         GetShown(self) -> bool
6057
6058         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
6059         """
6060         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6061
6062     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
6063         """
6064         GetText(self) -> String
6065
6066         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6067         """
6068         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
6069
6070     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
6071         """
6072         GetSetText(self) -> bool
6073
6074         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6075         wxWidgets internal use only.
6076         """
6077         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
6078
6079     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6080         """
6081         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6082
6083         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6084         internal use only.
6085         """
6086         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6087
6088     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6089         """
6090         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6091
6092         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6093         internal use only.
6094         """
6095         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6096
6097     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6098         """
6099         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
6100
6101         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
6102         internal use only.
6103         """
6104         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6105
6106     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
6107         """
6108         Check(self, bool check)
6109
6110         Check or uncheck the UI element.
6111         """
6112         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
6113
6114     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
6115         """
6116         Enable(self, bool enable)
6117
6118         Enable or disable the UI element.
6119         """
6120         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
6121
6122     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
6123         """
6124         Show(self, bool show)
6125
6126         Show or hide the UI element.
6127         """
6128         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
6129
6130     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
6131         """
6132         SetText(self, String text)
6133
6134         Sets the text for this UI element.
6135         """
6136         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
6137
6138     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6139         """
6140         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6141
6142         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6143         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6144         default is 0.
6145
6146         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6147         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6148         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6149         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6150         about to be shown.
6151         """
6152         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6153
6154     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
6155     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6156         """
6157         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6158
6159         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6160         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6161         """
6162         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6163
6164     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
6165     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6166         """
6167         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6168
6169         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6170         to) this window.
6171
6172         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6173         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6174         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6175         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6176         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6177         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6178         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6179         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6180         interval.
6181
6182         """
6183         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6184
6185     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
6186     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
6187         """
6188         ResetUpdateTime()
6189
6190         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6191         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6192         is called at the end of idle processing.
6193         """
6194         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
6195
6196     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
6197     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6198         """
6199         SetMode(int mode)
6200
6201         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6202         to those which specify that they will process the events.
6203
6204         The mode may be one of the following values:
6205
6206             =============================   ==========================================
6207             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6208                                             is the default setting.
6209             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6210                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6211                                             style set.
6212             =============================   ==========================================
6213
6214         """
6215         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6216
6217     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6218     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6219         """
6220         GetMode() -> int
6221
6222         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6223         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6224         events.
6225         """
6226         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6227
6228     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6229     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
6230     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
6231     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
6232     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
6233 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
6234
6235 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6236   """
6237     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6238
6239     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6240     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6241     default is 0.
6242
6243     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6244     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6245     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6246     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6247     about to be shown.
6248     """
6249   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6250
6251 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
6252   """
6253     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6254
6255     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6256     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6257     """
6258   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
6259
6260 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6261   """
6262     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6263
6264     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6265     to) this window.
6266
6267     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6268     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6269     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6270     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6271     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6272     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6273     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6274     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6275     interval.
6276
6277     """
6278   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6279
6280 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6281   """
6282     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6283
6284     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6285     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6286     is called at the end of idle processing.
6287     """
6288   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6289
6290 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6291   """
6292     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6293
6294     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6295     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6296
6297     The mode may be one of the following values:
6298
6299         =============================   ==========================================
6300         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6301                                         is the default setting.
6302         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6303                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6304                                         style set.
6305         =============================   ==========================================
6306
6307     """
6308   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6309
6310 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6311   """
6312     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6313
6314     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6315     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6316     events.
6317     """
6318   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6319
6320 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6321
6322 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6323     """
6324     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6325     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6326     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6327
6328     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6329     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6330     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6331     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6332     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6333
6334     """
6335     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6336     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6337     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6338         """
6339         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6340
6341         Constructor
6342         """
6343         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6344 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6345
6346 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6347
6348 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6349     """
6350     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6351     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6352     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6353     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6354     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6355
6356     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6357     """
6358     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6359     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6360     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6361         """
6362         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6363
6364         Constructor
6365         """
6366         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6367     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6368         """
6369         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6370
6371         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6372         non-wxWidgets window.
6373         """
6374         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6375
6376     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6377 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6378
6379 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6380
6381 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6382     """
6383     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6384     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6385     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6386     the mouse.
6387
6388     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6389     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6390     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6391     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6392     ReleaseMouse.
6393
6394     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6395
6396     """
6397     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6398     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6399     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6400         """
6401         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6402
6403         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6404         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6405         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6406         the mouse.
6407
6408         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6409         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6410         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6411         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6412         ReleaseMouse.
6413
6414         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6415
6416         """
6417         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6418 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6419
6420 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6421
6422 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6423     """
6424     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6425     resolution has changed.
6426
6427     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6428     """
6429     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6430     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6431     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6432         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6433         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6434 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6435
6436 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6437
6438 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6439     """
6440     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6441     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6442     match.
6443
6444     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6445     """
6446     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6447     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6448     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6449         """
6450         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6451
6452         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6453         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6454         match.
6455
6456         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6457         """
6458         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6459     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6460         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6461         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6462
6463     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6464         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6465         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6466
6467     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6468 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6469
6470 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6471
6472 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6473     """
6474     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6475     focus and should re-do its palette.
6476
6477     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6478     """
6479     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6480     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6481     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6482         """
6483         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6484
6485         Constructor.
6486         """
6487         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6488     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6489         """
6490         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6491
6492         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6493         """
6494         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6495
6496     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6497         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6498         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6499
6500     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6501 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6502
6503 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6504
6505 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6506     """
6507     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6508     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6509     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6510     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6511     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6512     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6513     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6514     """
6515     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6516     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6517     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6518         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6519         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6520     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6521         """
6522         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6523
6524         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6525         """
6526         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6527
6528     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6529         """
6530         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6531
6532         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6533         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6534         """
6535         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6536
6537     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6538         """
6539         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6540
6541         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6542         """
6543         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6544
6545     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6546         """
6547         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6548
6549         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6550         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6551         by using Control-Tab.
6552         """
6553         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6554
6555     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6556         """
6557         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6558
6559         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6560         key.
6561         """
6562         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6563
6564     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6565         """
6566         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6567
6568         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6569         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6570         """
6571         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6572
6573     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6574         """
6575         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6576
6577         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6578
6579             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6580             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6581             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6582             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6583
6584         """
6585         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6586
6587     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6588         """
6589         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6590
6591         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6592         ``None``.
6593         """
6594         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6595
6596     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6597         """
6598         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6599
6600         Set the window that has the focus.
6601         """
6602         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6603
6604     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6605     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6606     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6607     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6608     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6609     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6610 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6611
6612 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6613
6614 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6615     """
6616     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6617     underlying GUI object) exists.
6618     """
6619     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6620     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6621     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6622         """
6623         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6624
6625         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6626         underlying GUI object) exists.
6627         """
6628         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6629     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6630         """
6631         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6632
6633         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6634         """
6635         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6636
6637     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6638 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6639
6640 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6641     """
6642     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6643     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6644
6645     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6646     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6647     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6648     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6649     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6650     notification of the destruction of another window.
6651     """
6652     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6653     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6654     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6655         """
6656         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6657
6658         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6659         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6660
6661         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6662         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6663         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6664         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6665         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6666         notification of the destruction of another window.
6667         """
6668         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6669     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6670         """
6671         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6672
6673         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6674         """
6675         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6676
6677     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6678 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6679
6680 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6681
6682 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6683     """
6684     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6685     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6686     """
6687     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6688     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6689     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6690         """
6691         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6692
6693         Constructor.
6694         """
6695         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6696     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6697         """
6698         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6699
6700         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6701         be shown.
6702         """
6703         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6704
6705     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6706         """
6707         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6708
6709         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6710         """
6711         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6712
6713     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6714 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6715
6716 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6717
6718 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6719 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6720 class IdleEvent(Event):
6721     """
6722     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6723     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6724     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6725     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6726     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6727     events and then becomes empty again.
6728
6729     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6730     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6731     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6732     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6733     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6734     to those windows and not to any others.
6735     """
6736     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6737     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6738     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6739         """
6740         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6741
6742         Constructor
6743         """
6744         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6745     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6746         """
6747         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6748
6749         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6750         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6751         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6752         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6753         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6754         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6755         system.
6756         """
6757         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6758
6759     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6760         """
6761         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6762
6763         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6764         requested more processing time.
6765         """
6766         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6767
6768     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6769         """
6770         SetMode(int mode)
6771
6772         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6773         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6774         events.
6775
6776         The mode can be one of the following values:
6777
6778             =========================   ========================================
6779             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6780             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6781                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6782                                         flag set.
6783             =========================   ========================================
6784
6785         """
6786         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6787
6788     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6789     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6790         """
6791         GetMode() -> int
6792
6793         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6794         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6795         will process the events.
6796         """
6797         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6798
6799     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6800     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6801         """
6802         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6803
6804         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6805         window.
6806
6807         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6808         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6809         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6810         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6811         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6812         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6813         """
6814         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6815
6816     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6817 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6818
6819 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6820   """
6821     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6822
6823     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6824     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6825     events.
6826
6827     The mode can be one of the following values:
6828
6829         =========================   ========================================
6830         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6831         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6832                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6833                                     flag set.
6834         =========================   ========================================
6835
6836     """
6837   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6838
6839 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6840   """
6841     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6842
6843     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6844     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6845     will process the events.
6846     """
6847   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6848
6849 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6850   """
6851     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6852
6853     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6854     window.
6855
6856     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6857     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6858     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6859     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6860     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6861     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6862     """
6863   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6864
6865 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6866
6867 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6868     """
6869     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6870     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6871     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6872     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6873     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6874     """
6875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6878         """
6879         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6880
6881         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6882         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6883         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6884         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6885         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6886         """
6887         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6888 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6889
6890 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6891
6892 class PyEvent(Event):
6893     """
6894     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6895     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6896     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6897     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6898     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6899
6900     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6901
6902     """
6903     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6904     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6905     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6906         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6907         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6908         self._SetSelf(self)
6909
6910     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6911     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6912     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6913         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6914         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6915
6916     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6917         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6918         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6919
6920 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6921
6922 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6923     """
6924     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6925     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6926     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6927     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6928     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6929     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6930
6931     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6932
6933     """
6934     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6935     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6936     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6937         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6938         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6939         self._SetSelf(self)
6940
6941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6943     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6944         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6945         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6946
6947     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6948         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6949         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6950
6951 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6952
6953 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6954     """
6955     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6956     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6957     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6958     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6959     """
6960     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6961     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6962     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6963         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6964         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6965     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6966         """
6967         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6968
6969         Returns the date.
6970         """
6971         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6972
6973     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6974         """
6975         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6976
6977         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6978         internally.
6979         """
6980         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6981
6982     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6983 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6984
6985 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6986 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6987
6988 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6989
6990 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6991 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6992 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6993 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6994 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6995 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6996 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6997     """
6998     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6999     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
7000     """
7001     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7002     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7003     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7004         """
7005         __init__(self) -> PyApp
7006
7007         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7008         """
7009         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
7010         self._setOORInfo(self, False);PyApp._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyApp)
7011
7012     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
7013     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7014     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
7015         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)"""
7016         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
7017
7018     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7019         """
7020         GetAppName(self) -> String
7021
7022         Get the application name.
7023         """
7024         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7025
7026     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7027         """
7028         SetAppName(self, String name)
7029
7030         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7031         `wx.Config` and such.
7032         """
7033         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7034
7035     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7036         """
7037         GetClassName(self) -> String
7038
7039         Get the application's class name.
7040         """
7041         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7042
7043     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7044         """
7045         SetClassName(self, String name)
7046
7047         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7048         X-resources if applicable for the platform
7049         """
7050         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7051
7052     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7053         """
7054         GetVendorName(self) -> String
7055
7056         Get the application's vendor name.
7057         """
7058         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7059
7060     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7061         """
7062         SetVendorName(self, String name)
7063
7064         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7065         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7066         """
7067         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7068
7069     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
7070         """
7071         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7072
7073         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7074         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7075         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7076         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7077         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7078         differences behind the common facade.
7079
7080         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7081         """
7082         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
7083
7084     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7085         """
7086         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7087
7088         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7089         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7090         during each event loop iteration.
7091         """
7092         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7093
7094     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
7095         """
7096         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7097
7098         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7099         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
7100         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7101
7102         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7103               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7104               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7105               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7106
7107         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7108
7109         """
7110         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
7111
7112     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7113         """
7114         WakeUpIdle(self)
7115
7116         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7117         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7118         """
7119         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7120
7121     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7122         """
7123         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7124
7125         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7126         currently be dispatched.
7127         """
7128         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7129
7130     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
7131     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7132         """
7133         MainLoop(self) -> int
7134
7135         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7136         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7137         """
7138         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7139
7140     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7141         """
7142         Exit(self)
7143
7144         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7145         :see: `wx.Exit`
7146         """
7147         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7148
7149     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7150         """
7151         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7152
7153         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
7154         """
7155         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7156
7157     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7158         """
7159         ExitMainLoop(self)
7160
7161         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7162         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7163         """
7164         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7165
7166     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7167         """
7168         Pending(self) -> bool
7169
7170         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7171         """
7172         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7173
7174     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7175         """
7176         Dispatch(self) -> bool
7177
7178         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7179         appears if there are none currently)
7180         """
7181         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7182
7183     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7184         """
7185         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7186
7187         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7188         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7189         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7190         """
7191         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7192
7193     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7194         """
7195         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7196
7197         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
7198         idle time is requested.
7199         """
7200         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7201
7202     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
7203         """
7204         IsActive(self) -> bool
7205
7206         Return True if our app has focus.
7207         """
7208         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
7209
7210     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7211         """
7212         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7213
7214         Set the *main* top level window
7215         """
7216         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7217
7218     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7219         """
7220         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7221
7222         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7223         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7224         there not any, will return None)
7225         """
7226         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7227
7228     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7229         """
7230         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7231
7232         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7233         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7234         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7235         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7236         explicitly from somewhere.
7237         """
7238         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7239
7240     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7241         """
7242         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7243
7244         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7245         """
7246         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7247
7248     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7249         """
7250         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False)
7251
7252         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7253         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7254         """
7255         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7256
7257     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7258         """
7259         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7260
7261         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7262         """
7263         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7264
7265     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7266         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7267         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7268
7269     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7270         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7271         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7272
7273     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7274         """
7275         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7276
7277         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7278         """
7279         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7280
7281     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7282         """
7283         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7284
7285         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7286         """
7287         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7288
7289     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7290         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7291         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7292
7293     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7294     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7295         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7296         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7297
7298     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7299     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7300         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7301         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7302
7303     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7304     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7305         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7306         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7307
7308     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7309     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7310         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7311         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7312
7313     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7314     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7315         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7316         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7317
7318     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7319     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7320         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7321         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7322
7323     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7324     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7325         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7326         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7327
7328     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7329     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7330         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7331         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7332
7333     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7334     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7335         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7336         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7337
7338     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7339     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7340         """
7341         _BootstrapApp(self)
7342
7343         For internal use only
7344         """
7345         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7346
7347     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7348         """
7349         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7350
7351         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7352         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7353         """
7354         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7355
7356     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7357     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7358         """
7359         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7360
7361         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7362         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7363
7364            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7365              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7366              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7367
7368            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7369              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7370              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7371              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7372
7373            * On MS Windows...
7374
7375         """
7376         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7377
7378     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7379     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7380     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7381     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7382     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7383     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7384     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7385     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7386     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7387     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7388     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7389     Active = property(IsActive)
7390 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7391
7392 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7393   """
7394     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7395
7396     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7397     currently be dispatched.
7398     """
7399   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7400
7401 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7402   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7403   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7404
7405 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7406   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7407   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7408
7409 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7410   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7411   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7412
7413 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7414   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7415   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7416
7417 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7418   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7419   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7420
7421 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7422   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7423   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7424
7425 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7426   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7427   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7428
7429 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7430   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7431   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7432
7433 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7434   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7435   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7436
7437 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7438   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7439   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7440
7441 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7442   """
7443     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7444
7445     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7446     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7447     """
7448   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7449
7450 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7451   """
7452     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7453
7454     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7455     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7456
7457        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7458          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7459          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7460
7461        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7462          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7463          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7464          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7465
7466        * On MS Windows...
7467
7468     """
7469   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7470
7471 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7472
7473
7474 def Exit(*args):
7475   """
7476     Exit()
7477
7478     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7479     """
7480   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7481
7482 def Yield(*args):
7483   """
7484     Yield() -> bool
7485
7486     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7487     """
7488   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7489
7490 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7491   """
7492     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7493
7494     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7495     """
7496   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7497
7498 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7499   """
7500     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7501
7502     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7503     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7504     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7505     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7506     interaction.
7507
7508     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7509     """
7510   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7511
7512 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7513   """
7514     WakeUpIdle()
7515
7516     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7517     sent.
7518     """
7519   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7520
7521 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7522   """
7523     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7524
7525     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7526     later.
7527     """
7528   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7529
7530 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7531   """
7532     App_CleanUp()
7533
7534     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7535     Python shuts down.
7536     """
7537   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7538
7539 def GetApp(*args):
7540   """
7541     GetApp() -> PyApp
7542
7543     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7544     """
7545   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7546
7547 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7548   """
7549     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7550
7551     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7552     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7553
7554     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7555     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7556     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7557     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7558     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7559     """
7560   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7561
7562 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7563   """
7564     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7565
7566     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7567     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7568     """
7569   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7570 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7571
7572 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7573     """
7574     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7575     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7576     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7577     and write the text there.
7578     """
7579     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7580         self.frame  = None
7581         self.title  = title
7582         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7583         self.size   = (450, 300)
7584         self.parent = None
7585
7586     def SetParent(self, parent):
7587         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7588         self.parent = parent
7589
7590
7591     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7592         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7593                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7594         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7595                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7596         self.text.AppendText(st)
7597         self.frame.Show(True)
7598         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7599
7600
7601     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7602         if self.frame is not None:
7603             self.frame.Destroy()
7604         self.frame = None
7605         self.text  = None
7606
7607
7608     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7609     def write(self, text):
7610         """
7611         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7612         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7613         CallAfter to do the work there.
7614         """
7615         if self.frame is None:
7616             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7617                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7618             else:
7619                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7620         else:
7621             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7622                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7623             else:
7624                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7625
7626
7627     def close(self):
7628         if self.frame is not None:
7629             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7630
7631
7632     def flush(self):
7633         pass
7634
7635
7636
7637 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7638
7639 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7640
7641 class App(wx.PyApp):
7642     """
7643     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7644
7645       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7646         gui toolkit
7647       * set and get application-wide properties
7648       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7649         and to dispatch events to window instances
7650       * etc.
7651
7652     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7653     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7654     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7655     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7656
7657     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7658     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7659     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7660
7661     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7662            directly.
7663     """
7664
7665     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7666
7667     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7668                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7669         """
7670         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7671
7672         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7673             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7674             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7675             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7676             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7677             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7678             class of your choosing.)
7679
7680         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7681             redirect is True.
7682
7683         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7684             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7685             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7686             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7687             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7688             toolkit is initialized.
7689
7690         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7691             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7692             GUI apps will.
7693
7694         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7695             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7696             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7697         """
7698
7699         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7700
7701         # make sure we can create a GUI
7702         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7703
7704             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7705                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7706 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7707 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7708
7709             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7710                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7711
7712             else:
7713                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7714                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7715
7716             raise SystemExit(msg)
7717
7718         # This has to be done before OnInit
7719         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7720
7721         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7722         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7723         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7724         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7725         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7726         # expected (depending on platform.)
7727         if clearSigInt:
7728             try:
7729                 import signal
7730                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7731             except:
7732                 pass
7733
7734         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7735         self.stdioWin = None
7736         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7737         if redirect:
7738             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7739
7740         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7741         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7742
7743         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one.
7744         wx.SystemOptions.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1)
7745
7746         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7747         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7748         self._BootstrapApp()
7749
7750
7751     def OnPreInit(self):
7752         """
7753         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7754         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7755         that OnInit is called.
7756         """
7757         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7758
7759
7760     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7761         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7762         destroy(self)
7763
7764     def Destroy(self):
7765         self.this.own(False)
7766         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7767
7768     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7769         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7770         if self.stdioWin:
7771             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7772         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7773
7774
7775     def MainLoop(self):
7776         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7777         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7778         self.RestoreStdio()
7779
7780
7781     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7782         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7783         if filename:
7784             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7785         else:
7786             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7787             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7788
7789
7790     def RestoreStdio(self):
7791         try:
7792             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7793         except:
7794             pass
7795
7796
7797     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7798         """
7799         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7800         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7801         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7802         """
7803         if self.stdioWin:
7804             if title is not None:
7805                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7806             if pos is not None:
7807                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7808             if size is not None:
7809                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7815 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7816 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7817 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7818 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7819 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7820 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7821 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7822 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7823 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7824 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7825 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7826
7827 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7828
7829 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7830     """
7831     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7832     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7833     about OnInit.  For example::
7834
7835         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7836         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7837         frame.Show()
7838         app.MainLoop()
7839
7840     :see: `wx.App`
7841     """
7842
7843     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7844                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7845         """
7846         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7847         """
7848         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7849
7850     def OnInit(self):
7851         return True
7852
7853
7854
7855 # Is anybody using this one?
7856 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7857     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7858         self.size = size
7859         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7860
7861     def OnInit(self):
7862         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7863         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7864         return True
7865
7866     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7867         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7868         self.frame.Show(True)
7869
7870 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7871 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7872 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7873 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7874 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7875
7876 class __wxPyCleanup:
7877     def __init__(self):
7878         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7879     def __del__(self):
7880         self.cleanup()
7881
7882 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7883
7884 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7885 ## import atexit
7886 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7887
7888
7889 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7890
7891 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7892
7893 class EventLoop(object):
7894     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7895     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7896     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7897     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7898         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7899         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7900     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7901     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7902     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7903         """Run(self) -> int"""
7904         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7905
7906     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7907         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7908         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7909
7910     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7911         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7912         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7913
7914     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7915         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7916         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7917
7918     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7919         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7920         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7921
7922     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7923         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7924         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7925
7926     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7927     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7928         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7929         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7930
7931     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7932 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7933
7934 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7935   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7936   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7937
7938 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7939   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7940   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7941
7942 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7943     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7944     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7945     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7946     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7947         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7948         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7949     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7950     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7951 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7952
7953 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7954
7955 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7956 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7957 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7958 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7959 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7960 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7961     """
7962     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7963     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7964     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7965     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7966
7967     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7968     """
7969     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7970     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7971     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7972         """
7973         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7974
7975         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7976         """
7977         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7978     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7979     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7980     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7981         """
7982         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7983
7984         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7985         :see `__init__`
7986         """
7987         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7988
7989     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7990         """
7991         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7992
7993         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7994         it coulnd't be parsed.
7995         """
7996         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7997
7998     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7999     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
8000         """
8001         GetFlags(self) -> int
8002
8003         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
8004         """
8005         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
8006
8007     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
8008         """
8009         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
8010
8011         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
8012         """
8013         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
8016         """
8017         GetCommand(self) -> int
8018
8019         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
8020         """
8021         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
8022
8023     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8024         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8025         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
8028         """
8029         ToString(self) -> String
8030
8031         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
8032         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
8033         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
8034
8035         """
8036         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """
8040         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
8041
8042         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
8043         """
8044         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
8045
8046     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
8047     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
8048     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
8049 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
8050
8051 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
8052   """
8053     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8054
8055     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8056     it coulnd't be parsed.
8057     """
8058   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8059
8060 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
8061     """
8062     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
8063     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
8064     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
8065     supported.
8066     """
8067     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8068     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8069     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8070         """
8071         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
8072
8073         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8074         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
8075
8076         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8077         """
8078         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
8079     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
8080     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8081     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8082         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8083         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8084
8085     Ok = IsOk
8086 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
8087
8088
8089 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
8090   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
8091   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
8092 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8093
8094 class VisualAttributes(object):
8095     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8099         """
8100         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8101
8102         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8103         """
8104         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
8105     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
8106     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8107     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
8108     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
8109     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
8110 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
8111 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
8112 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
8113
8114 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8115 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8116 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8117 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8118 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8119 class Window(EvtHandler):
8120     """
8121     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8122     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8123     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8124     appear on screen themselves.
8125
8126     """
8127     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8128     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8129     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8130         """
8131         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8132             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8133
8134         Construct and show a generic Window.
8135         """
8136         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
8137         self._setOORInfo(self)
8138
8139     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8140         """
8141         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8142             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8143
8144         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8145         """
8146         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8147
8148     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
8149         """
8150         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8151
8152         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8153         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8154         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8155         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8156         """
8157         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
8158
8159     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
8160         """
8161         Destroy(self) -> bool
8162
8163         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8164         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8165         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8166         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8167         non-existent windows.
8168
8169         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8170         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8171         """
8172         args[0].this.own(False)
8173         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
8174
8175     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8176         """
8177         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8178
8179         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8180         destructor.
8181         """
8182         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8183
8184     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
8185         """
8186         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8187
8188         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8189         """
8190         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
8191
8192     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8193         """
8194         SetLabel(self, String label)
8195
8196         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8197         """
8198         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8199
8200     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8201         """
8202         GetLabel(self) -> String
8203
8204         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8205         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8206         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8207         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8208         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8209         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8210         """
8211         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8212
8213     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
8214         """
8215         SetName(self, String name)
8216
8217         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
8218         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8219         """
8220         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
8221
8222     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
8223         """
8224         GetName(self) -> String
8225
8226         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8227         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8228         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8229         """
8230         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
8231
8232     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8233         """
8234         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8235
8236         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8237         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8238         """
8239         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8240
8241     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8242         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8243         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8244
8245     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
8246         """
8247         SetId(self, int winid)
8248
8249         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8250         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8251         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8252         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8253         """
8254         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
8255
8256     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
8257         """
8258         GetId(self) -> int
8259
8260         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8261         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8262         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8263         generated.
8264         """
8265         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8266
8267     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8268         """
8269         NewControlId() -> int
8270
8271         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8272         """
8273         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8274
8275     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8276     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8277         """
8278         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8279
8280         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8281         autogenerated) id
8282         """
8283         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8284
8285     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8286     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8287         """
8288         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8289
8290         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8291         autogenerated) id
8292         """
8293         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8294
8295     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8296     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8297         """
8298         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8299
8300         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8301         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8302         """
8303         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8304
8305     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8306         """
8307         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8308
8309         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8310         """
8311         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8312
8313     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8314         """
8315         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8316
8317         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8318         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8319         """
8320         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8321
8322     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8323         """
8324         SetSize(self, Size size)
8325
8326         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8327         """
8328         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8329
8330     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8331         """
8332         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8333
8334         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8335         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8336         equal to -1.
8337
8338             ========================  ======================================
8339             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8340                                       default should be used.
8341             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8342                                       -1 values are supplied.
8343             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8344                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8345                                       default values.
8346             ========================  ======================================
8347
8348         """
8349         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8350
8351     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8352         """
8353         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8354
8355         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8356         """
8357         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8358
8359     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8360         """
8361         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8362
8363         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8364         """
8365         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8366
8367     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8368         """
8369         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8370
8371         Moves the window to the given position.
8372         """
8373         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8374
8375     SetPosition = Move
8376     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8377         """
8378         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8379
8380         Moves the window to the given position.
8381         """
8382         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8383
8384     def SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs):
8385         """
8386         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8387
8388         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8389         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8390         """
8391         return _core_.Window_SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393     SetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(SetInitialSize, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')
8394     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8395         """
8396         Raise(self)
8397
8398         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8399         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8400         """
8401         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8402
8403     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8404         """
8405         Lower(self)
8406
8407         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8408         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8409         """
8410         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8411
8412     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8413         """
8414         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8415
8416         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8417         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8418         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8419         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8420         around panel items, for example.
8421         """
8422         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8423
8424     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8425         """
8426         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8427
8428         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8429         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8430         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8431         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8432         around panel items, for example.
8433         """
8434         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8435
8436     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8437         """
8438         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8439
8440         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8441         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8442         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8443         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8444         around panel items, for example.
8445         """
8446         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8447
8448     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8449         """
8450         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8451
8452         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8453         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8454         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8455         kinds of windows.
8456         """
8457         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8458
8459     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8460         """
8461         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8462
8463         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8464         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8465         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8466         kinds of windows.
8467         """
8468         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8469
8470     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8471         """
8472         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8473
8474         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8475         """
8476         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8477
8478     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8479         """
8480         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8481
8482         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8483         """
8484         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8485
8486     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8487         """
8488         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8489
8490         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8491         a `wx.Rect` object.
8492         """
8493         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8494
8495     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8496         """
8497         GetSize(self) -> Size
8498
8499         Get the window size.
8500         """
8501         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8502
8503     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8504         """
8505         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8506
8507         Get the window size.
8508         """
8509         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8510
8511     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8512         """
8513         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8514
8515         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8516         """
8517         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8518
8519     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8520         """
8521         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8522
8523         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8524         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8525         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8526         """
8527         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8528
8529     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8530         """
8531         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8532
8533         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8534         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8535         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8536         """
8537         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8538
8539     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8540         """
8541         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8542
8543         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8544         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8545         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8546         """
8547         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8548
8549     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8550         """
8551         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8552
8553         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8554         """
8555         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8556
8557     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8558         """
8559         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8560
8561         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8562         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8563         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8564         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8565         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8566         after calling Fit.
8567         """
8568         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8569
8570     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8571         """
8572         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8573
8574         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8575         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8576         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8577         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8578         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8579         after calling Fit.
8580         """
8581         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8582
8583     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8584         """
8585         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8586
8587         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8588         time it is needed.
8589         """
8590         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8591
8592     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8593         """
8594         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8595
8596         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8597         some properties of the window change.)
8598         """
8599         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8600
8601     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8602         """
8603         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size
8604
8605         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8606         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8607         the results.
8608
8609         """
8610         return _core_.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8611
8612     GetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(GetEffectiveMinSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8613     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self):
8614         s = self.GetBestSize()
8615         return wx.Size(max(s.width,  self.GetMinWidth()),
8616                        max(s.height, self.GetMinHeight()))
8617     GetAdjustedBestSize = wx._deprecated(GetAdjustedBestSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8618
8619     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8620         """
8621         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8622
8623         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8624         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8625         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8626         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8627         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8628         relative to the screen.
8629         """
8630         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8631
8632     Centre = Center
8633     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8634         """
8635         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8636
8637         Center with respect to the the parent window
8638         """
8639         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8640
8641     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8642     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8643         """
8644         Fit(self)
8645
8646         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8647         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8648         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8649         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8650         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8651         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8652         instead of calling Fit.
8653         """
8654         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8655
8656     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8657         """
8658         FitInside(self)
8659
8660         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8661         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8662         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8663         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8664         anything if there are no subwindows.
8665         """
8666         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8667
8668     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8669         """
8670         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8671             int incH=-1)
8672
8673         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8674         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8675         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8676         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8677         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8678         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8679
8680         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8681         """
8682         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8683
8684     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8685         """
8686         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8687
8688         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8689         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8690         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8691         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8692         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8693         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8694
8695         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8696         """
8697         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8698
8699     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8700         """
8701         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8702
8703         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8704         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8705         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8706         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8707         """
8708         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8709
8710     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8711         """
8712         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8713
8714         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8715         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8716         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8717         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8718         """
8719         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8720
8721     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8722         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8723         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8724
8725     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8726         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8727         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8728
8729     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8730         """
8731         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8732
8733         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8734         min size.
8735         """
8736         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8737
8738     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8739         """
8740         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8741
8742         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8743         max size.
8744         """
8745         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8746
8747     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8748         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8749         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8750
8751     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8752         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8753         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8754
8755     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8756         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8757         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8758
8759     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8760         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8761         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8762
8763     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8764         """
8765         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8766
8767         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8768         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8769         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8770         """
8771         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8772
8773     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8774         """
8775         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8776
8777         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8778         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8779         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8780         """
8781         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """
8785         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8786
8787         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8788         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8789         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8790         """
8791         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8792
8793     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8794         """
8795         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8796
8797         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8798         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8799         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8800         """
8801         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8802
8803     def GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs):
8804         """
8805         GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size
8806
8807         Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.
8808         """
8809         return _core_.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs)
8810
8811     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8812         """
8813         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8814
8815         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8816         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8817         """
8818         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8819
8820     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8821         """
8822         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8823
8824         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8825         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8826         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8827         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8828         because it already was in the requested state.
8829         """
8830         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8831
8832     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8833         """
8834         Hide(self) -> bool
8835
8836         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8837         """
8838         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8839
8840     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8841         """
8842         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8843
8844         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8845         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8846         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8847         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8848         window had already been in the specified state.
8849         """
8850         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8851
8852     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8853         """
8854         Disable(self) -> bool
8855
8856         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8857         """
8858         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8859
8860     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8861         """
8862         IsShown(self) -> bool
8863
8864         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8865         """
8866         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8867
8868     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8869         """
8870         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8871
8872         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8873         """
8874         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """
8878         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8879
8880         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8881         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8882         shown as well.
8883         """
8884         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8885
8886     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8887         """
8888         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8889
8890         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8891         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8892         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8893         immediately.
8894         """
8895         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8896
8897     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8898         """
8899         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8900
8901         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8902         method.
8903         """
8904         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8905
8906     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8907     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8908         """
8909         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8910
8911         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8912         """
8913         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8914
8915     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8916         """
8917         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8918
8919         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8920         windows are only available on X platforms.
8921         """
8922         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8923
8924     def ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8925         """
8926         ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool
8927
8928         Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
8929         returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.
8930         """
8931         return _core_.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8932
8933     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8934         """
8935         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8936
8937         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8938         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8939         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8940         """
8941         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8942
8943     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8944         """
8945         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8946
8947         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8948         """
8949         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8950
8951     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8952         """
8953         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8954
8955         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8956         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8957         effect.
8958         """
8959         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8960
8961     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8962         """
8963         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8964
8965         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8966          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8967          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8968          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8969          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8970          user's selected theme.
8971
8972         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8973         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8974         """
8975         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8976
8977     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8978         """
8979         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8980
8981         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8982         """
8983         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8984
8985     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8986         """
8987         SetFocus(self)
8988
8989         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8990         """
8991         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8992
8993     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8994         """
8995         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8996
8997         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8998         only called internally.
8999         """
9000         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
9001
9002     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9003         """
9004         FindFocus() -> Window
9005
9006         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9007         or None.
9008         """
9009         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9010
9011     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
9012     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9013         """
9014         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
9015
9016         Can this window have focus?
9017         """
9018         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9019
9020     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9021         """
9022         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9023
9024         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
9025         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
9026         it.
9027         """
9028         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9029
9030     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
9031         """
9032         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9033
9034         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
9035         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
9036         """
9037         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
9038
9039     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9040         """
9041         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9042
9043         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
9044         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
9045         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
9046
9047         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
9048         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
9049         windows.
9050
9051         """
9052         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9053
9054     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9055         """
9056         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9057
9058         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
9059         before win instead of putting it right after it.
9060         """
9061         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9062
9063     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
9064         """
9065         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
9066
9067         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
9068         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
9069         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
9070         do not change.
9071         """
9072         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
9073
9074     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
9075         """
9076         GetParent(self) -> Window
9077
9078         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
9079         """
9080         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
9081
9082     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
9083         """
9084         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
9085
9086         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
9087         isn't one.
9088         """
9089         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
9090
9091     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
9092         """
9093         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
9094
9095         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
9096         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
9097         if they have a parent window).
9098         """
9099         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
9100
9101     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
9102         """
9103         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9104
9105         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9106         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9107         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
9108         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9109         oldParent)
9110         """
9111         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
9112
9113     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
9114         """
9115         AddChild(self, Window child)
9116
9117         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9118         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9119         """
9120         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
9121
9122     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
9123         """
9124         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9125
9126         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9127         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9128         programmer.
9129         """
9130         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
9131
9132     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9133         """
9134         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
9135
9136         Currently wxGTK2 only.
9137         """
9138         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9139
9140     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9141         """
9142         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9143
9144         Find a chld of this window by window ID
9145         """
9146         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9147
9148     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9149         """
9150         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9151
9152         Find a child of this window by name
9153         """
9154         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9155
9156     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9157         """
9158         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9159
9160         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9161         its own event handler.
9162         """
9163         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9164
9165     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9166         """
9167         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9168
9169         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
9170         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
9171         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
9172         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
9173         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
9174         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
9175         classes.
9176
9177         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9178         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9179         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
9180         """
9181         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9182
9183     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9184         """
9185         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9186
9187         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9188         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9189         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
9190         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
9191         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
9192         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
9193         different window classes.
9194
9195         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9196         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9197         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
9198         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
9199         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
9200         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
9201         its Destroy method yourself.
9202         """
9203         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9204
9205     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9206         """
9207         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9208
9209         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9210         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9211         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
9212         """
9213         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9214
9215     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9216         """
9217         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9218
9219         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9220         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
9221         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9222         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9223         there.)
9224         """
9225         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9226
9227     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9228         """
9229         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9230
9231         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9232         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9233         type.
9234         """
9235         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9236
9237     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9238         """
9239         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9240
9241         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9242         there is none.
9243         """
9244         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9245
9246     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9247         """
9248         Validate(self) -> bool
9249
9250         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9251         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9252         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9253         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9254         """
9255         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9256
9257     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9258         """
9259         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9260
9261         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9262         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9263         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9264         all child windows.
9265         """
9266         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9267
9268     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9269         """
9270         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9271
9272         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9273         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
9274         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9275         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9276         """
9277         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9278
9279     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9280         """
9281         InitDialog(self)
9282
9283         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9284         to the dialog via validators.
9285         """
9286         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9287
9288     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9289         """
9290         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9291
9292         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9293         """
9294         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9295
9296     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9297         """
9298         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9299
9300         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9301         """
9302         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9303
9304     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9305         """
9306         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9307
9308         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9309         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9310         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9311         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9312         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9313         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9314         hotkey was registered successfully.
9315         """
9316         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9317
9318     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9319         """
9320         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9321
9322         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9323         """
9324         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9325
9326     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9327         """
9328         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9329
9330         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9331         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9332         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9333         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9334         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9335         then divided by 8.
9336         """
9337         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9338
9339     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9340         """
9341         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9342
9343         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9344         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9345         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9346         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9347         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9348         then divided by 8.
9349         """
9350         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9351
9352     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9353         """
9354         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9355
9356         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9357         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9358         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9359         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9360         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9361         then divided by 8.
9362         """
9363         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9364
9365     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9366         """
9367         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9368
9369         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9370         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9371         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9372         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9373         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9374         then divided by 8.
9375         """
9376         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9377
9378     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9379         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9380         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9381
9382     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9383         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9384         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9385
9386     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9387         """
9388         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9389
9390         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9391
9392         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9393         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9394         """
9395         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9396
9397     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9398         """
9399         CaptureMouse(self)
9400
9401         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9402         release the capture.
9403
9404         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9405         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9406         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9407         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9408         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9409         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9410
9411         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9412         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9413         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9414         recapture mouse.
9415         """
9416         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9417
9418     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9419         """
9420         ReleaseMouse(self)
9421
9422         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9423         """
9424         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9425
9426     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9427         """
9428         GetCapture() -> Window
9429
9430         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9431         """
9432         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9433
9434     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9435     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9436         """
9437         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9438
9439         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9440         """
9441         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9442
9443     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9444         """
9445         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9446
9447         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9448         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9449         to the window.
9450         """
9451         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9452
9453     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9454         """
9455         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9456
9457         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9458         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9459         """
9460         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9461
9462     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9463         """
9464         Update(self)
9465
9466         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9467         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9468         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9469         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9470         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9471         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9472         it) unconditionally.
9473         """
9474         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9475
9476     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9477         """
9478         ClearBackground(self)
9479
9480         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9481         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9482         """
9483         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9484
9485     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9486         """
9487         Freeze(self)
9488
9489         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9490         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9491         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9492         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9493         been undone.
9494
9495         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9496         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9497         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9498         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9499         mandatory directive.
9500         """
9501         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9502
9503     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9504         """
9505         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9506
9507         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9508
9509         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9510         """
9511         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9512
9513     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9514         """
9515         Thaw(self)
9516
9517         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9518         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9519         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9520         """
9521         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9522
9523     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9524         """
9525         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9526
9527         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9528         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9529         scroll position.
9530         """
9531         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9532
9533     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9534         """
9535         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9536
9537         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9538         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9539         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9540         later.
9541         """
9542         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9543
9544     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9545         """
9546         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9547
9548         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9549         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9550         """
9551         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9552
9553     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9554         """
9555         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9556
9557         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9558         """
9559         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9560
9561     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9562         """
9563         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9564
9565         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9566         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9567         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9568         exposed.
9569         """
9570         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9571
9572     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9573         """
9574         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9575
9576         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9577         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9578         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9579         exposed.
9580         """
9581         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9582
9583     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9584         """
9585         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9586
9587         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9588         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9589         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9590         exposed.
9591         """
9592         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9593
9594     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9595         """
9596         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9597
9598         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9599         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9600         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9601         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9602         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9603         """
9604         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9605
9606     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9607         """
9608         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9609
9610         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9611         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9612         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9613         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9614         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9615
9616         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9617         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9618         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9619         this.
9620         """
9621         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9622
9623     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9624     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9625         """
9626         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9627
9628         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9629         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9630         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9631         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9632         to the default background colour.
9633
9634         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9635         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9636         calling this function.
9637
9638         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9639         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9640         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9641         applications on the system.
9642         """
9643         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9644
9645     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9646         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9647         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9648
9649     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9650         """
9651         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9652
9653         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9654         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9655         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9656         not be used at all.
9657         """
9658         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9659
9660     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9661         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9662         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9663
9664     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9665         """
9666         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9667
9668         Returns the background colour of the window.
9669         """
9670         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9671
9672     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9673         """
9674         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9675
9676         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9677         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9678         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9679         """
9680         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9681
9682     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9683         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9684         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9685
9686     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9687         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9688         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9689
9690     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9691         """
9692         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9693
9694         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9695         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9696
9697             ======================  ========================================
9698             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9699                                     be determined by the system
9700             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9701             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9702                                     application.
9703             ======================  ========================================
9704
9705         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9706         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9707         no effect on other platforms.
9708
9709         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9710         """
9711         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9712
9713     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9714         """
9715         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9716
9717         Returns the background style of the window.
9718
9719         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9720         """
9721         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9722
9723     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9724         """
9725         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9726
9727         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9728         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9729         background.
9730
9731         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9732         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9733         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9734         correctly.
9735         """
9736         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9737
9738     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9739         """
9740         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9741
9742         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9743         for the children of the window implicitly.
9744
9745         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9746         be reset back to default.
9747         """
9748         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9749
9750     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9751         """
9752         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9753
9754         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9755         """
9756         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9757
9758     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9759         """
9760         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9761
9762         Sets the font for this window.
9763         """
9764         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9765
9766     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9767         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9768         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9769
9770     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9771         """
9772         GetFont(self) -> Font
9773
9774         Returns the default font used for this window.
9775         """
9776         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9777
9778     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9779         """
9780         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9781
9782         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9783         """
9784         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9785
9786     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9787         """
9788         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9789
9790         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9791         """
9792         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9793
9794     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9795         """
9796         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9797
9798         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9799         """
9800         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9801
9802     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9803         """
9804         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9805
9806         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9807         """
9808         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9809
9810     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9811         """
9812         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9813
9814         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9815         """
9816         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9817
9818     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9819         """
9820         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9821            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9822
9823         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9824         current or specified font.
9825         """
9826         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9827
9828     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9829         """
9830         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9831
9832         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9833         """
9834         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9835
9836     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9837         """
9838         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9839
9840         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9841         """
9842         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9843
9844     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9845         """
9846         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9847
9848         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9849         """
9850         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9851
9852     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9853         """
9854         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9855
9856         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9857         """
9858         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9859
9860     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9861         """
9862         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9863
9864         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9865         """
9866         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9867
9868     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9869         """
9870         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9871
9872         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9873         """
9874         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9875
9876     def GetBorder(*args):
9877         """
9878         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9879         GetBorder(self) -> int
9880
9881         Get border for the flags of this window
9882         """
9883         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9884
9885     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9886         """
9887         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9888
9889         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9890         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9891         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9892         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9893         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9894         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9895         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9896         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9897         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9898         in idle time.
9899         """
9900         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9901
9902     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9903         """
9904         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9905
9906         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9907         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9908         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9909         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9910         mouse cursor will be used.
9911         """
9912         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9913
9914     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9915         """
9916         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9917
9918         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9919         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9920         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9921         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9922         mouse cursor will be used.
9923         """
9924         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9925
9926     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9927         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9928         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9929
9930     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9931         """
9932         GetHandle(self) -> long
9933
9934         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9935         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9936         toplevel parent of the window.
9937         """
9938         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9939
9940     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9941         """
9942         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9943
9944         Associate the window with a new native handle
9945         """
9946         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9947
9948     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """
9950         DissociateHandle(self)
9951
9952         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9953         """
9954         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9955
9956     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9957         """
9958         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9959
9960         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9961         """
9962         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9963
9964     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9965         """
9966         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9967             bool refresh=True)
9968
9969         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9970         """
9971         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9972
9973     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9974         """
9975         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9976
9977         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9978         """
9979         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9980
9981     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9982         """
9983         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9984
9985         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9986         """
9987         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9988
9989     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9990         """
9991         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9992
9993         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9994         """
9995         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9996
9997     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9998         """
9999         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
10000
10001         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
10002         """
10003         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
10004
10005     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10006         """
10007         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
10008
10009         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
10010         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
10011         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
10012         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
10013         """
10014         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10015
10016     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
10017         """
10018         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
10019
10020         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10021         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
10022         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10023         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10024         """
10025         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
10026
10027     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
10028         """
10029         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
10030
10031         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10032         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
10033         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10034         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10035         """
10036         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
10037
10038     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
10039         """
10040         LineUp(self) -> bool
10041
10042         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
10043         """
10044         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
10045
10046     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
10047         """
10048         LineDown(self) -> bool
10049
10050         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
10051         """
10052         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """
10056         PageUp(self) -> bool
10057
10058         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
10059         """
10060         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """
10064         PageDown(self) -> bool
10065
10066         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
10067         """
10068         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
10069
10070     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10071         """
10072         SetHelpText(self, String text)
10073
10074         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10075         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10076         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10077         """
10078         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10079
10080     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
10081         """
10082         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
10083
10084         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
10085         one.
10086         """
10087         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
10088
10089     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
10090         """
10091         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
10092
10093         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
10094
10095         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
10096         and this method should return the global window help text then
10097
10098         """
10099         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
10100
10101     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10102         """
10103         GetHelpText(self) -> String
10104
10105         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10106         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10107         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10108         """
10109         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10110
10111     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
10112         """
10113         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
10114
10115         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10116         """
10117         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
10118
10119     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10120         """
10121         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
10122
10123         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10124         """
10125         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10126
10127     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10128         """
10129         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
10130
10131         get the associated tooltip or None if none
10132         """
10133         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10134
10135     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10136         """
10137         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
10138
10139         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
10140         a drop target, it is deleted.
10141         """
10142         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10143
10144     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10145         """
10146         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
10147
10148         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
10149         """
10150         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10151
10152     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
10153         """
10154         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10155
10156         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10157         Only functional on Windows.
10158         """
10159         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
10160
10161     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10162         """
10163         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10164
10165         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10166         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10167         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10168         constraints.
10169
10170         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10171         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10172         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10173         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10174         effect.
10175         """
10176         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10177
10178     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10179         """
10180         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10181
10182         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10183         are none.
10184         """
10185         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10186
10187     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10188         """
10189         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10190
10191         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10192         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
10193         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
10194         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
10195
10196         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
10197         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
10198         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10199         """
10200         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10201
10202     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10203         """
10204         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10205
10206         Returns the current autoLayout setting
10207         """
10208         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10209
10210     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
10211         """
10212         Layout(self) -> bool
10213
10214         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10215         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10216         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10217         handler when the window is resized.
10218         """
10219         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
10220
10221     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10222         """
10223         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10224
10225         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10226         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10227         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10228         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10229         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10230         non-None, and False otherwise.
10231         """
10232         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """
10236         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10237
10238         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10239         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10240         """
10241         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
10242
10243     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10244         """
10245         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10246
10247         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10248         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10249         """
10250         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10251
10252     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10253         """
10254         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10255
10256         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10257         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10258         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10259         """
10260         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """
10264         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10265
10266         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10267         """
10268         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """
10272         InheritAttributes(self)
10273
10274         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10275         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10276         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10277         colours.
10278
10279         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10280         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10281         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10282         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10283         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10284         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10285         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10286         no matter what and only the font might.
10287
10288         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10289         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10290         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10291         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10292         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10293         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10294         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10295         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10296         parents attributes.
10297
10298         """
10299         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10300
10301     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10302         """
10303         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10304
10305         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10306         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10307         from the parent window.
10308
10309         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10310         wxControl where it returns true.
10311         """
10312         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """
10316         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10317
10318         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10319         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10320         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10321         possible to set the transparency.
10322
10323         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10324         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10325         as xcompmgr) running.
10326         """
10327         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10328
10329     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10330         """
10331         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10332
10333         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10334         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10335         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10336         opaque.
10337         """
10338         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10341         """
10342         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10343         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10344         """
10345         self.this = pre.this
10346         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10347         pre.thisown = 0
10348         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10349             self._setOORInfo(self)
10350         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10351             self._setCallbackInfo(self, pre.__class__)
10352
10353     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10354         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10355
10356     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10357     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10358     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10359     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10360     EffectiveMinSize = property(GetEffectiveMinSize,doc="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")
10361     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10362     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10363     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10364     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10365     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10366     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10367     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10368     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10369     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10370     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10371     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10372     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10373     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10374     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10375     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10376     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10377     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10378     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10379     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10380     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10381     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10382     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10383     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10384     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10385     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10386     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10387     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10388     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10389     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10390     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10391     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10392     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10393     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10394     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10395     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10396     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10397     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10398     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10399     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10400     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10401     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10402     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10403     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10404     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10405     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10406     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10407     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10408     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10409     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10410     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10411     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10412 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10413
10414 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10415     """
10416     PreWindow() -> Window
10417
10418     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10419     """
10420     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10421     return val
10422
10423 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10424   """
10425     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10426
10427     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10428     """
10429   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10430
10431 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10432   """
10433     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10434
10435     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10436     autogenerated) id
10437     """
10438   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10439
10440 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10441   """
10442     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10443
10444     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10445     autogenerated) id
10446     """
10447   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10448
10449 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10450   """
10451     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10452
10453     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10454     or None.
10455     """
10456   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10457
10458 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10459   """
10460     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10461
10462     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10463     """
10464   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10465
10466 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10467   """
10468     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10469
10470     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10471     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10472     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10473     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10474     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10475
10476     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10477     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10478     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10479     this.
10480     """
10481   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10482
10483 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10484     """
10485     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10486     dialog units to pixel units.
10487     """
10488     if y is None:
10489         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10490     else:
10491         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10492
10493 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10494     """
10495     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10496     dialog units to pixel units.
10497     """
10498     if height is None:
10499         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10500     else:
10501         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10502
10503
10504 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10505   """
10506     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10507
10508     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10509     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10510     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10511     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10512     """
10513   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10516   """
10517     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10518
10519     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10520     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10521     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10522     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10523     cases.
10524
10525     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10526     """
10527   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10528
10529 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10530   """
10531     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10532
10533     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10534     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10535     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10536     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10537     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10538     """
10539   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10540
10541 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10542   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10543   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10544
10545 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10546   """
10547     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10548
10549     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10550     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10551     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10552     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10553
10554     """
10555   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10556 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10557
10558 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10559     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10560     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10561     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10562     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10563         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10564         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10565         self._setOORInfo(self)
10566
10567     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10568         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10569         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10570
10571     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10572         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10573         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10574
10575     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10576         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10577         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10578
10579     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10580         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10581         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10582
10583     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10584         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10585         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10586
10587     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10588         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10589         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10590
10591     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10592         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10593         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10594
10595     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10596     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10597         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10598         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10599
10600     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10601     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10602 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10603
10604 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10605   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10606   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10607
10608 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10609   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10610   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10611
10612 class PyValidator(Validator):
10613     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10614     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10615     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10616     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10617         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10618         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10619         self._setOORInfo(self);PyValidator._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyValidator)
10620
10621     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10622         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)"""
10623         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10626
10627 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10628
10629 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10630     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10631     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10632     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10633     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10634         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10635         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10636         self._setOORInfo(self)
10637
10638     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10639         """
10640         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10641             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10642         """
10643         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10644
10645     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10646         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10647         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10648
10649     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10650         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10651         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10652
10653     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10654         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10655         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10656
10657     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10658         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10659         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10660
10661     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10662         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10663         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10664
10665     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10666         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10667         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10668
10669     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10670         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10671         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10672
10673     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10674         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10675         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10676
10677     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10678         """Break(self)"""
10679         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10680
10681     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10682         """
10683         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10684             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10685         """
10686         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10687
10688     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10689         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10690         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10694         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10697         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10698         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10701         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10702         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """
10706         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10707             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10708         """
10709         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10710
10711     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10712         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10713         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10714
10715     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10716         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10717         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10718
10719     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10720         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10721         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10722
10723     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10724         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10725         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10726
10727     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10728         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10729         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10730
10731     def RemoveItem(self, item):
10732         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10733         #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that
10734         #// proxy instead of the new one
10735         val = _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(self, item)
10736         item.this.own(val.this.own())
10737         val.this.disown()
10738         return item
10739
10740
10741     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10743         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10744
10745     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10746         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10747         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """
10751         Destroy(self)
10752
10753         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10754         """
10755         args[0].this.own(False)
10756         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10757
10758     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10759         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10760         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10761
10762     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10763         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10764         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10765
10766     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10767         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10768         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10769
10770     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10771         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10772         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10773
10774     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10775         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10776         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10777
10778     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10779         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10780         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10781
10782     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10783         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10784         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10785
10786     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10787         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10788         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10789
10790     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10791         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10792         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10793
10794     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10795         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10796         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10797
10798     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10799         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10800         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10801
10802     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10803         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10804         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10805
10806     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10807         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10808         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10809
10810     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10811         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10812         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10813
10814     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10815         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10816         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10817
10818     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10819         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10820         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10821
10822     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10823         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10824         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10825
10826     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10827         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10828         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10829
10830     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10831         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10832         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10833
10834     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10835         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10836         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10840         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10843         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10844         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10847         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10848         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10849
10850     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10851         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10852         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10853
10854     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10855         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10856         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10857
10858     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10859         """Detach(self)"""
10860         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10863         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10864         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10865
10866     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10867         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10868         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10869
10870     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10871         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10872         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10873
10874     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10875     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10876     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10877     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10878     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10879     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10880     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10881     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10882     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10883 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10884 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10885
10886 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10887
10888 class MenuBar(Window):
10889     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10890     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10891     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10892     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10893         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10894         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10895         self._setOORInfo(self)
10896
10897     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10898         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10899         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10900
10901     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10902         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10903         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10904
10905     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10906         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10907         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10908
10909     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10910         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10911         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10912
10913     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10914         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10915         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10916
10917     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10918         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10919         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10920
10921     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10922         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10923         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10924
10925     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10926         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10927         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10928
10929     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10930         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10931         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10932
10933     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10934         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10935         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10936
10937     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10938         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10939         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10940
10941     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10942         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10943         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10944
10945     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10946         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10947         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10948
10949     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10950         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10951         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10952
10953     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10954         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10955         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10956
10957     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10958         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10959         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10960
10961     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10962         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10963         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10964
10965     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10966         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10967         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10968
10969     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10970         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10971         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10972
10973     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10974         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10975         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10976
10977     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10978         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10979         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10980
10981     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10982         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10983         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10984
10985     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10986         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10987         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10988
10989     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10990         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10991         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10992
10993     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10994         """Detach(self)"""
10995         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10996
10997     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10998         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10999         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
11000
11001     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11002         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11003         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11004
11005     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
11006     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11007         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11008         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11009
11010     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
11011     def GetMenus(self):
11012         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
11013         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
11014                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
11015
11016     def SetMenus(self, items):
11017         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
11018         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
11019             self.Remove(i)
11020         for m, l in items:
11021             self.Append(m, l)
11022
11023     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
11024     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
11025     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
11026     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
11027 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
11028
11029 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11030   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11031   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11032
11033 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
11034   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11035   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
11036
11037 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11038
11039 class MenuItem(Object):
11040     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
11041     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11042     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11043     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11044         """
11045         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,
11046             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
11047             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
11048         """
11049         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
11050     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
11051     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11052     def Destroy(self): pass
11053     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11054         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11055         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11056
11057     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11058         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11059         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11060
11061     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
11062         """SetId(self, int id)"""
11063         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
11064
11065     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
11066         """GetId(self) -> int"""
11067         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
11068
11069     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
11070         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
11071         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
11072
11073     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
11074         """SetText(self, String str)"""
11075         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
11076
11077     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11078         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
11079         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11080
11081     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
11082         """GetText(self) -> String"""
11083         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
11084
11085     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11086         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11087         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11088
11089     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
11090     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11091         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
11092         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11093
11094     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11095         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
11096         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
11100         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11101
11102     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11103         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
11104         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11105
11106     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11107         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
11108         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11109
11110     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11111         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11112         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11115         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11116         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11117
11118     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11119         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
11120         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11121
11122     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11123         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
11124         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11125
11126     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11127         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
11128         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11131         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
11132         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11133
11134     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
11135         """Toggle(self)"""
11136         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
11137
11138     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11139         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
11140         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11141
11142     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11143         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
11144         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11145
11146     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11147         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
11148         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11149
11150     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11151         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
11152         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11153
11154     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11155         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
11156         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11157
11158     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11159         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11160         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11161
11162     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11163         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
11164         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11165
11166     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11167         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
11168         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11169
11170     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11171         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
11172         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11173
11174     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11175         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
11176         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11177
11178     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11179         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
11180         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11181
11182     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11183         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
11184         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11185
11186     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
11187         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
11188         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
11189
11190     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11191         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
11192         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11193
11194     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11195         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11196         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11197
11198     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11199         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
11200         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11201
11202     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11203         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
11204         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11205
11206     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11207         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11208         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11209
11210     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
11211     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11212         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
11213         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11214
11215     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11216         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
11217         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11218
11219     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11220         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
11221         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11222
11223     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
11224     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
11225     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
11226     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
11227     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
11228     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
11229     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
11230     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
11231     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
11232     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
11233     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
11234     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
11235     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
11236     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
11237 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
11238
11239 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11240   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11241   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11242
11243 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
11244   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11245   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
11246
11247 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11248
11249 class Control(Window):
11250     """
11251     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11252
11253     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11254     and/or displays one or more item of data.
11255     """
11256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11258     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11259         """
11260         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11261             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11262             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11263
11264         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11265         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11266         """
11267         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
11268         self._setOORInfo(self)
11269
11270     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
11271         """
11272         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11273             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11274             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11275
11276         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11277         """
11278         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11279
11280     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11281         """
11282         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11283
11284         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11285         """
11286         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11287
11288     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11289         """
11290         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11291
11292         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11293         """
11294         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11295
11296     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11297         """
11298         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11299
11300         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11301
11302         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11303
11304         """
11305         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11306
11307     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11308         """
11309         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11310
11311         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11312         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11313         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11314         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11315         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11316
11317         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11318         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11319         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11320         this.
11321         """
11322         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11323
11324     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11325     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11326     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11327 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11328 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11329
11330 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11331     """
11332     PreControl() -> Control
11333
11334     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11335     """
11336     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11337     return val
11338
11339 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11340   """
11341     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11342
11343     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11344     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11345     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11346     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11347     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11348
11349     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11350     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11351     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11352     this.
11353     """
11354   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11355
11356 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11357
11358 class ItemContainer(object):
11359     """
11360     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11361     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11362     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11363     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11364     this one.
11365
11366     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11367     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11368     all conform to the same interface.
11369
11370     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11371     optionally, client data associated with them.
11372
11373     """
11374     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11375     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11376     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11377     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11378         """
11379         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11380
11381         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11382         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11383         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11384         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11385         """
11386         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11387
11388     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11389         """
11390         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11391
11392         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11393         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11394         need to add a lot of items.
11395         """
11396         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11397
11398     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11399         """
11400         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11401
11402         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11403         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11404         """
11405         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11406
11407     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11408         """
11409         Clear(self)
11410
11411         Removes all items from the control.
11412         """
11413         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11414
11415     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11416         """
11417         Delete(self, int n)
11418
11419         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11420         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11421         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11422         than the number of items in the control.
11423         """
11424         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11425
11426     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11427         """
11428         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11429
11430         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11431         """
11432         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11433
11434     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11435         """
11436         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11437
11438         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11439         """
11440         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11441
11442     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11443         """
11444         GetCount(self) -> int
11445
11446         Returns the number of items in the control.
11447         """
11448         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11449
11450     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """
11452         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11453
11454         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11455         """
11456         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11457
11458     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11459         """
11460         GetString(self, int n) -> String
11461
11462         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11463         """
11464         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11465
11466     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11467         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11468         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11469
11470     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11471         """
11472         SetString(self, int n, String s)
11473
11474         Sets the label for the given item.
11475         """
11476         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11477
11478     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11479         """
11480         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11481
11482         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11483         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11484         found.
11485         """
11486         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11487
11488     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11489         """
11490         SetSelection(self, int n)
11491
11492         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11493         """
11494         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11495
11496     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11497         """
11498         GetSelection(self) -> int
11499
11500         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11501         is selected.
11502         """
11503         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11504
11505     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11506         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11507         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11508
11509     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11510         """
11511         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11512
11513         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11514         is selected.
11515         """
11516         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11517
11518     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11519         """
11520         Select(self, int n)
11521
11522         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11523         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11524         """
11525         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11526
11527     def GetItems(self):
11528         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11529         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11530
11531     def SetItems(self, items):
11532         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11533         self.Clear()
11534         for i in items:
11535             self.Append(i)
11536
11537     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11538     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11539     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11540     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11541     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11542 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11543
11544 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11545
11546 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11547     """
11548     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11549     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11550     that have items.
11551     """
11552     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11553     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11554     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11555 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11556
11557 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11558
11559 class SizerItem(Object):
11560     """
11561     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11562     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11563     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11564     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11565     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11566     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11567     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11568     layout.
11569
11570     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11571     """
11572     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11573     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11574     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11575         """
11576         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11577
11578         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11579         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11580
11581         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11582         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11583         methods are called.
11584
11585         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11586         """
11587         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11588     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11589     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11590     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11591         """
11592         DeleteWindows(self)
11593
11594         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11595         of item.
11596         """
11597         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11598
11599     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11600         """
11601         DetachSizer(self)
11602
11603         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11604         """
11605         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11606
11607     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11608         """
11609         GetSize(self) -> Size
11610
11611         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11612         """
11613         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11614
11615     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11616         """
11617         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11618
11619         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11620         needed by borders.
11621         """
11622         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11623
11624     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11625         """
11626         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11627
11628         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11629         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11630         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11631         account.
11632         """
11633         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11634
11635     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11636         """
11637         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11638
11639         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11640         """
11641         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11642
11643     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11644         """
11645         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11646
11647         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11648         added, if needed.
11649         """
11650         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11651
11652     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11653         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11654         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11655
11656     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11657         """
11658         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11659
11660         Set the ratio item attribute.
11661         """
11662         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11663
11664     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11665         """
11666         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11667
11668         Set the ratio item attribute.
11669         """
11670         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11671
11672     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11673         """
11674         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11675
11676         Set the ratio item attribute.
11677         """
11678         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11679
11680     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11681         """
11682         GetRatio(self) -> float
11683
11684         Set the ratio item attribute.
11685         """
11686         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11687
11688     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11689         """
11690         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11691
11692         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11693         """
11694         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11695
11696     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11697         """
11698         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11699
11700         Is this sizer item a window?
11701         """
11702         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11703
11704     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11705         """
11706         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11707
11708         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11709         """
11710         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11711
11712     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11713         """
11714         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11715
11716         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11717         """
11718         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11719
11720     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11721         """
11722         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11723
11724         Set the proportion value for this item.
11725         """
11726         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11727
11728     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11729         """
11730         GetProportion(self) -> int
11731
11732         Get the proportion value for this item.
11733         """
11734         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11735
11736     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11737     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11738     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11739         """
11740         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11741
11742         Set the flag value for this item.
11743         """
11744         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11745
11746     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11747         """
11748         GetFlag(self) -> int
11749
11750         Get the flag value for this item.
11751         """
11752         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11753
11754     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11755         """
11756         SetBorder(self, int border)
11757
11758         Set the border value for this item.
11759         """
11760         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11761
11762     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11763         """
11764         GetBorder(self) -> int
11765
11766         Get the border value for this item.
11767         """
11768         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11769
11770     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11771         """
11772         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11773
11774         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11775         """
11776         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11777
11778     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11779         """
11780         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11781
11782         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11783         """
11784         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11785
11786     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11787         """
11788         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11789
11790         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11791         """
11792         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11793
11794     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11795         """
11796         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11797
11798         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11799         """
11800         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11801
11802     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11803         """
11804         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11805
11806         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11807         """
11808         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11809
11810     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11811         """
11812         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11813
11814         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11815         """
11816         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11817
11818     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11819         """
11820         Show(self, bool show)
11821
11822         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11823         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11824         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11825         """
11826         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11827
11828     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11829         """
11830         IsShown(self) -> bool
11831
11832         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11833         """
11834         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11835
11836     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11837         """
11838         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11839
11840         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11841         """
11842         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11843
11844     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11845         """
11846         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11847
11848         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11849         isn't any.
11850         """
11851         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11852
11853     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11854         """
11855         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11856
11857         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11858         """
11859         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11860
11861     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11862     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11863     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11864     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11865     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11866     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11867     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11868     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11869     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11870     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11871     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11872     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11873     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11874 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11875
11876 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11877     """
11878     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11879         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11880
11881     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11882     """
11883     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11884     return val
11885
11886 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11887     """
11888     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11889         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11890
11891     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11892     """
11893     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11894     return val
11895
11896 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11897     """
11898     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11899         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11900
11901     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11902     """
11903     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11904     return val
11905
11906 class Sizer(Object):
11907     """
11908     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11909     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11910     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11911     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11912     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11913
11914     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11915     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11916     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11917     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11918     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11919     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11920     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11921     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11922     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11923     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11924     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11925     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11926     compared to a real window on screen.
11927
11928     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11929     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11930     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11931     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11932     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11933     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11934     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11935     """
11936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11937     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11938     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11939     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11940     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11941     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11942         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11943         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11944
11945     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11946         """
11947         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11948             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11949
11950         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11951         """
11952         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11953
11954     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11955         """
11956         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11957             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11958
11959         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11960         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11961         """
11962         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11963
11964     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11965         """
11966         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11967             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11968
11969         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11970         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11971         """
11972         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11973
11974     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11975         """
11976         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11977
11978         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11979         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11980         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11981         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11982         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11983         and removed.
11984         """
11985         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """
11989         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11990
11991         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11992         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11993         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11994         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11995         was found and detached.
11996         """
11997         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11998
11999     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
12000         """
12001         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
12002
12003         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
12004         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12005         the item to be found.
12006         """
12007         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
12008
12009     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12010         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
12011         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12012
12013     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
12014         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12015         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
12016
12017     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12018         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12019         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12020
12021     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
12022         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
12023         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
12024
12025     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
12026         """
12027         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
12028         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
12029         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
12030         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
12031         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
12032         element recursivly in subsizers.
12033
12034         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
12035         call `Layout` to do so.
12036
12037         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
12038         """
12039         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
12040             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
12041         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
12042             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
12043         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
12044             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
12045         else:
12046             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
12047
12048     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12049         """
12050         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
12051
12052         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
12053         """
12054         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12055
12056     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12057         """
12058         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
12059
12060         Get the window this sizer is used in.
12061         """
12062         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12063
12064     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
12065         """
12066         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
12067
12068         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
12069         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12070         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
12071         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
12072         """
12073         if len(args) == 2:
12074             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
12075             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
12076         else:
12077             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
12078
12079     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12080         """
12081         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
12082
12083         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12084         """
12085         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12086
12087     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
12088         """
12089         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
12090
12091         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
12092         """
12093         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
12094
12095     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
12096         """
12097         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
12098
12099         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12100         """
12101         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
12102
12103     def AddMany(self, items):
12104         """
12105         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
12106         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
12107         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
12108         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
12109         """
12110         for item in items:
12111             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
12112                 item = (item, )
12113             self.Add(*item)
12114
12115     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12116         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12117
12118         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
12119         """
12120         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12121             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12122         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
12123             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12124     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12125         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12126
12127         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
12128         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12129             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12130         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
12131             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12132     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
12133         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
12134
12135         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
12136         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12137             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12138         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
12139             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
12140
12141
12142     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12143         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12144
12145         Add a stretchable spacer."""
12146         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
12147     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12148         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12149
12150         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
12151         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
12152     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
12153         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12154
12155         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
12156         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
12157
12158
12159     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
12160     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12161         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12162         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12163     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12164         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12165         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12166
12167     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12168         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12169         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12170     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12171         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12172         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12173
12174     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12175         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12176         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12177     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12178         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12179         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12180
12181     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12182         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12183         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12184     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12185         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12186         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12187     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
12188         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12189         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12190
12191
12192     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12193         """
12194         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
12195
12196         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
12197         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
12198         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
12199         methods.
12200         """
12201         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12202
12203     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12204         """
12205         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
12206
12207         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
12208         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
12209         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
12210         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
12211         here, depending on which is bigger.
12212         """
12213         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12214
12215     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12216         """
12217         GetSize(self) -> Size
12218
12219         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
12220         """
12221         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12222
12223     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12224         """
12225         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12226
12227         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
12228         """
12229         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12230
12231     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12232         """
12233         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12234
12235         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
12236         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
12237         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
12238         """
12239         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12240
12241     def GetSizeTuple(self):
12242         return self.GetSize().Get()
12243     def GetPositionTuple(self):
12244         return self.GetPosition().Get()
12245     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
12246         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
12247
12248     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
12249         """
12250         RecalcSizes(self)
12251
12252         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
12253         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
12254         it is called by `Layout`.
12255         """
12256         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
12257
12258     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12259         """
12260         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12261
12262         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
12263         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
12264         it is called by `Layout`.
12265         """
12266         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12267
12268     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
12269         """
12270         Layout(self)
12271
12272         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
12273         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
12274         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
12275         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
12276         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
12277         removed.
12278         """
12279         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12280
12281     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12282         """
12283         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12284
12285         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12286         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12287         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12288         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12289
12290         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12291         """
12292         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12293
12294     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12295         """
12296         FitInside(self, Window window)
12297
12298         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12299         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12300         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12301         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12302
12303         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12304
12305         """
12306         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12307
12308     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12309         """
12310         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12311
12312         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12313         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12314         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12315         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12316         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12317         required by the sizer.
12318         """
12319         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12320
12321     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12322         """
12323         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12324
12325         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12326         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12327         this will set them appropriately.
12328
12329         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12330
12331         """
12332         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12333
12334     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12335         """
12336         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12337
12338         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12339         as well.
12340         """
12341         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12342
12343     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12344         """
12345         DeleteWindows(self)
12346
12347         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12348         """
12349         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12350
12351     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12352         """
12353         GetChildren(self) -> list
12354
12355         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12356         """
12357         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12358
12359     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12360         """
12361         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12362
12363         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12364         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12365         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12366         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12367         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12368         """
12369         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12370
12371     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12372         """
12373         IsShown(self, item)
12374
12375         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12376         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12377         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12378         the item.
12379         """
12380         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12381
12382     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12383         """
12384         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12385         """
12386         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12387
12388     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12389         """
12390         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12391
12392         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12393         """
12394         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12395
12396     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12397     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12398     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12399     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12400     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12401 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12402
12403 class PySizer(Sizer):
12404     """
12405     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12406     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12407     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12408     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12409     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12410     For example::
12411
12412         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12413              def __init__(self):
12414                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12415
12416              def CalcMin(self):
12417                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12418                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12419                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12420                       # layout algorithm.
12421                       ...
12422                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12423
12424               def RecalcSizes(self):
12425                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12426                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12427                   size = self.GetSize()
12428                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12429                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12430                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12431                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12432                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12433                       ...
12434                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12435
12436
12437     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12438     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12439     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12440
12441     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12442
12443
12444     """
12445     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12446     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12447     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12448         """
12449         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12450
12451         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12452         class.
12453         """
12454         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12455         self._setOORInfo(self);PySizer._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PySizer)
12456
12457     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12458         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12459         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12460
12461 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12462
12463 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12464
12465 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12466     """
12467     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12468     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12469     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12470     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12471     parameter passed to the constructor.
12472     """
12473     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12474     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12475     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12476         """
12477         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12478
12479         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12480         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12481         sizer.
12482         """
12483         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12484         self._setOORInfo(self)
12485
12486     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12487         """
12488         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12489
12490         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12491         """
12492         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12493
12494     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12495         """
12496         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12497
12498         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12499         """
12500         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12501
12502     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12503 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12504
12505 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12506
12507 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12508     """
12509     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12510     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12511     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12512     passed to the sizer constructor.
12513     """
12514     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12515     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12516     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12517         """
12518         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12519
12520         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12521         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12522         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12523         """
12524         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12525         self._setOORInfo(self)
12526
12527     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12528         """
12529         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12530
12531         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12532         """
12533         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12534
12535     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12536 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12537
12538 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12539
12540 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12541     """
12542     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12543     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12544     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12545     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12546     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12547     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12548
12549     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12550     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12551     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12552     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12553     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12554     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12555
12556     """
12557     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12558     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12559     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12560         """
12561         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12562
12563         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12564         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12565         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12566         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12567         define extra space between all children.
12568         """
12569         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12570         self._setOORInfo(self)
12571
12572     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12573         """
12574         SetCols(self, int cols)
12575
12576         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12577         """
12578         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12579
12580     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12581         """
12582         SetRows(self, int rows)
12583
12584         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12585         """
12586         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12587
12588     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12589         """
12590         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12591
12592         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12593         """
12594         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12595
12596     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12597         """
12598         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12599
12600         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12601         """
12602         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12603
12604     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12605         """
12606         GetCols(self) -> int
12607
12608         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12609         """
12610         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12611
12612     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12613         """
12614         GetRows(self) -> int
12615
12616         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12617         """
12618         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12619
12620     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12621         """
12622         GetVGap(self) -> int
12623
12624         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12625         """
12626         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12627
12628     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12629         """
12630         GetHGap(self) -> int
12631
12632         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12633         """
12634         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12635
12636     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12637         """
12638         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12639
12640         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12641         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12642         in the constructor.
12643         """
12644         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12645         rows = self.GetRows()
12646         cols = self.GetCols()
12647         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12648         if cols != 0:
12649             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12650         elif rows != 0:
12651             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12652         return (rows, cols)
12653
12654     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12655     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12656     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12657     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12658 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12659
12660 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12661
12662 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12663 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12664 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12665 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12666     """
12667     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12668     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12669     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12670     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12671     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12672
12673     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12674     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12675     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12676     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12677     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12678     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12679
12680
12681     """
12682     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12683     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12684     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12685         """
12686         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12687
12688         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12689         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12690         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12691         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12692         define extra space between all children.
12693         """
12694         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12695         self._setOORInfo(self)
12696
12697     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12698         """
12699         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12700
12701         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12702         is extra space available to the sizer.
12703
12704         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12705         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12706         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12707         """
12708         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12709
12710     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12711         """
12712         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12713
12714         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12715         """
12716         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12717
12718     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12719         """
12720         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12721
12722         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12723         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12724
12725         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12726         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12727         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12728         """
12729         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12730
12731     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12732         """
12733         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12734
12735         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12736         """
12737         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12738
12739     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12740         """
12741         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12742
12743         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12744         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12745         other value is ignored.
12746
12747             ==============    =======================================
12748             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12749             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12750             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12751                               (this is the default value).
12752             ==============    =======================================
12753
12754         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12755
12756         """
12757         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12758
12759     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12760         """
12761         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12762
12763         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12764         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12765
12766         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12767         """
12768         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12769
12770     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12771         """
12772         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12773
12774         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12775         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12776         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12777
12778             ==========================  =================================================
12779             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12780             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12781                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12782                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12783                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12784             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12785                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12786                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12787             ==========================  =================================================
12788
12789         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12790         """
12791         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12792
12793     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12794         """
12795         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12796
12797         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12798         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12799
12800         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12801         """
12802         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12803
12804     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12805         """
12806         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12807
12808         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12809         rows in the sizer.
12810         """
12811         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12812
12813     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12814         """
12815         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12816
12817         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12818         columns in the sizer.
12819         """
12820         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12821
12822     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12823     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12824     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12825     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12826 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12827
12828 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12829     """
12830     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12831     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12832     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12833     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12834     will take care of the rest.
12835
12836     """
12837     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12838     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12839     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12840         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12841         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12842     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12843         """
12844         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12845
12846         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12847         method in the base class.
12848         """
12849         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12850
12851     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12852         """
12853         Realize(self)
12854
12855         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12856         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12857         specifc manner.
12858         """
12859         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12860
12861     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12862         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12863         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12864
12865     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12866         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12867         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12868
12869     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12870         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12871         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12872
12873     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12874         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12875         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12876
12877     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12878         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12879         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12880
12881     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12882         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12883         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12884
12885     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12886         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12887         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12888
12889     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12890         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12891         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12892
12893     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12894     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12895     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12896     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12897     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12898 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12899
12900 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12901
12902 class GBPosition(object):
12903     """
12904     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12905     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12906     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12907     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12908     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12909     """
12910     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12911     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12912     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12913         """
12914         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12915
12916         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12917         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12918         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12919         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12920         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12921         """
12922         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12923     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12924     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12925     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12926         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12927         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12928
12929     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12930         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12931         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12932
12933     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12934         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12935         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12936
12937     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12938         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12939         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12940
12941     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12942         """
12943         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12944
12945         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12946         """
12947         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12948
12949     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12950         """
12951         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12952
12953         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12954         """
12955         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12956
12957     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12958         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12959         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12960
12961     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12962         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12963         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12964
12965     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12966     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12967     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12968     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12969     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12970     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12971         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12972         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12973         else: raise IndexError
12974     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12975     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12976     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12977
12978     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12979     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12980
12981 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12982
12983 class GBSpan(object):
12984     """
12985     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12986     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12987     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12988     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12989     nearly transparently in Python code.
12990
12991     """
12992     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12993     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12994     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12995         """
12996         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12997
12998         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12999         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
13000         cell in each direction.
13001         """
13002         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
13003     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
13004     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13005     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13006         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
13007         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13008
13009     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13010         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
13011         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13012
13013     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13014         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
13015         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13016
13017     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13018         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
13019         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13020
13021     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13022         """
13023         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13024
13025         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
13026         """
13027         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13028
13029     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13030         """
13031         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13032
13033         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
13034         """
13035         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13036
13037     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13038         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
13039         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13040
13041     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13042         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13043         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13044
13045     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13046     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13047     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
13048     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13049     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13050     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13051         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
13052         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
13053         else: raise IndexError
13054     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13055     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13056     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
13057
13058     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
13059     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
13060
13061 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
13062
13063 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
13064     """
13065     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
13066     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
13067     and how many rows or columns it spans.
13068
13069     """
13070     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13071     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13072     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13073         """
13074         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
13075
13076         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
13077         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
13078         item can be used in a Sizer.
13079
13080         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
13081         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
13082         """
13083         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
13084     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
13085     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13086     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13087         """
13088         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
13089
13090         Get the grid position of the item
13091         """
13092         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13093
13094     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
13095     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13096         """
13097         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
13098
13099         Get the row and column spanning of the item
13100         """
13101         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13102
13103     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
13104     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13105         """
13106         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13107
13108         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13109         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
13110         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
13111         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
13112         """
13113         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13114
13115     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13116         """
13117         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
13118
13119         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13120         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
13121         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
13122         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
13123
13124         """
13125         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13126
13127     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
13128         """
13129         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
13130
13131         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
13132         """
13133         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
13134
13135     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
13136         """
13137         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
13138
13139         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
13140         """
13141         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
13142
13143     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
13144         """
13145         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
13146
13147         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
13148         """
13149         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
13150
13151     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13152         """
13153         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
13154
13155         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
13156         """
13157         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13158
13159     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13160         """
13161         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
13162
13163         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
13164         """
13165         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13166
13167     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
13168     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
13169     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
13170     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
13171 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
13172 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
13173
13174 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13175     """
13176     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13177         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13178
13179     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
13180     """
13181     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13182     return val
13183
13184 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13185     """
13186     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13187         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13188
13189     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
13190     """
13191     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13192     return val
13193
13194 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
13195     """
13196     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
13197         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13198
13199     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
13200     """
13201     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
13202     return val
13203
13204 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
13205     """
13206     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
13207     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
13208     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
13209     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
13210     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
13211     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
13212
13213     """
13214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13217         """
13218         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
13219
13220         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
13221         rows and columns.
13222         """
13223         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13224         self._setOORInfo(self)
13225
13226     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
13227         """
13228         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
13229         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13230
13231         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
13232         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
13233         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
13234
13235         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
13236         position, False if something was already there.
13237
13238         """
13239         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
13240
13241     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
13242         """
13243         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13244
13245         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
13246         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
13247         something was already there.
13248         """
13249         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
13250
13251     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13252         """
13253         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
13254
13255         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
13256         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
13257         """
13258         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13259
13260     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13261         """
13262         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
13263
13264         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13265         """
13266         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13267
13268     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13269         """
13270         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13271
13272         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13273         """
13274         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13275
13276     def GetItemPosition(*args):
13277         """
13278         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13279
13280         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13281         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13282         index of an item.
13283         """
13284         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13285
13286     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13287         """
13288         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13289
13290         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13291         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13292         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13293         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13294
13295         """
13296         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13297
13298     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13299         """
13300         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13301
13302         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13303         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13304         zero-based index of an item.
13305         """
13306         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13307
13308     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13309         """
13310         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13311
13312         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13313         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13314         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13315         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13316         """
13317         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13318
13319     def FindItem(*args):
13320         """
13321         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13322
13323         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13324         not found. (non-recursive)
13325         """
13326         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13327
13328     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13329         """
13330         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13331
13332         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13333         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13334         """
13335         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13336
13337     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13338         """
13339         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13340
13341         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13342         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13343         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13344         layout. (non-recursive)
13345         """
13346         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13347
13348     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13349         """
13350         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13351
13352         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13353         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13354         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13355         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13356         position of.
13357
13358         """
13359         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13360
13361     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13362         """
13363         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13364
13365         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13366         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13367         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13368         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13369         position of.
13370         """
13371         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13372
13373 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13374
13375 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13376
13377 Left = _core_.Left
13378 Top = _core_.Top
13379 Right = _core_.Right
13380 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13381 Width = _core_.Width
13382 Height = _core_.Height
13383 Centre = _core_.Centre
13384 Center = _core_.Center
13385 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13386 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13387 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13388 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13389 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13390 Above = _core_.Above
13391 Below = _core_.Below
13392 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13393 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13394 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13395 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13396 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13397     """
13398     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13399     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13400     You will never need to create an instance of
13401     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13402     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13403     that it contains.
13404     """
13405     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13406     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13408     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13409         """
13410         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13411
13412         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13413         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13414         """
13415         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13416
13417     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13418         """
13419         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13420
13421         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13422         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13423         other window.
13424         """
13425         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13426
13427     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13428         """
13429         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13430
13431         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13432         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13433         other window.
13434         """
13435         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13436
13437     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13438         """
13439         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13440
13441         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13442         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13443         window.
13444         """
13445         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13446
13447     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13448         """
13449         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13450
13451         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13452         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13453         window.
13454         """
13455         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13456
13457     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13458         """
13459         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13460
13461         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13462         given window, with an optional margin.
13463         """
13464         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13465
13466     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13467         """
13468         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13469
13470         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13471         window, with an optional margin.
13472         """
13473         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13474
13475     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13476         """
13477         Absolute(self, int val)
13478
13479         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13480         """
13481         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13482
13483     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13484         """
13485         Unconstrained(self)
13486
13487         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13488         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13489         """
13490         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13491
13492     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13493         """
13494         AsIs(self)
13495
13496         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13497         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13498         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13499         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13500         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13501         button label.
13502         """
13503         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13504
13505     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13506         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13507         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13508
13509     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13510         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13511         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13512
13513     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13514         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13515         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13516
13517     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13518         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13519         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13520
13521     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13522         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13523         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13524
13525     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13526         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13527         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13528
13529     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13530         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13531         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13532
13533     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13534         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13535         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13536
13537     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13538         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13539         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13540
13541     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13542         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13543         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13544
13545     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13546         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13547         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13548
13549     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13550         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13551         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13552
13553     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13554         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13555         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13556
13557     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13558         """
13559         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13560
13561         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13562         """
13563         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13564
13565     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13566         """
13567         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13568
13569         Try to satisfy constraint
13570         """
13571         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13572
13573     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13574         """
13575         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13576
13577         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13578         is not determinable, -1.
13579         """
13580         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13581
13582     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13583     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13584     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13585     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13586     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13587     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13588     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13589     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13590 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13591
13592 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13593     """
13594     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13595     instead.
13596
13597     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13598     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13599
13600     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13601     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13602     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13603
13604         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13605         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13606         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13607         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13608         * width: represents the width of the window
13609         * height: represents the height of the window
13610         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13611         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13612
13613     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13614     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13615     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13616     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13617     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13618     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13619     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13620
13621     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13622
13623     """
13624     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13625     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13626     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13627     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13628     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13629     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13630     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13631     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13632     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13633     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13634     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13635         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13636         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13637     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13638     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13639     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13640         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13641         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13642
13643     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13644         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13645         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13646
13647 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13648
13649 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13650
13651 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13652 try:
13653     True
13654 except NameError:
13655     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13656     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13657     def bool(value): return not not value
13658     __builtins__.bool = bool
13659
13660
13661
13662 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13663 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13664 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13665 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13666
13667
13668 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13669 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13670 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13671
13672 from __version__ import *
13673 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13674
13675 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13676 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13677 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13678     import warnings
13679     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13680
13681
13682 def version():
13683     """Returns a string containing version and port info"""
13684     ctype = wx.USE_UNICODE and 'unicode' or 'ansi'
13685     if wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__':
13686         port = 'msw'
13687     elif wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__':
13688         port = 'mac'
13689     elif wx.Platform == '__WXGTK__':
13690         port = 'gtk'
13691         if 'gtk2' in wx.PlatformInfo:
13692             port = 'gtk2'
13693     else:
13694         port = '?'
13695
13696     return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx.VERSION_STRING, port, ctype)
13697
13698
13699 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13700
13701 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13702 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13703 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13704 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13705 #
13706 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13707 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13708 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13709 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13710 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13711 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13712
13713 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13714 if default == 'ascii':
13715     import locale
13716     import codecs
13717     try:
13718         if hasattr(locale, 'getpreferredencoding'):
13719             default = locale.getpreferredencoding()
13720         else:
13721             default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13722         codecs.lookup(default)
13723     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13724         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13725     del locale
13726     del codecs
13727 if default:
13728     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13729 del default
13730
13731 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13732
13733 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13734     pass
13735
13736 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13737     """
13738     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13739     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13740     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13741     """
13742     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13743     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13744
13745     def __repr__(self):
13746         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13747             self._name = "[unknown]"
13748         return self.reprStr % self._name
13749
13750     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13751         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13752             self._name = "[unknown]"
13753         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13754
13755     def __nonzero__(self):
13756         return 0
13757
13758
13759
13760 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13761     pass
13762
13763 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13764     """
13765     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13766     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13767     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13768     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13769     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13770     is ready.
13771     """
13772
13773     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13774     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13775
13776     def __repr__(self):
13777         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13778         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13779         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13780
13781     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13782         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13783         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13784         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13785
13786     def __nonzero__(self):
13787         return 0
13788
13789
13790 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13791
13792 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13793     """
13794     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13795     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13796     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13797     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13798
13799     :see: `wx.CallLater`
13800     """
13801     app = wx.GetApp()
13802     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13803
13804     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13805         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13806         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13807                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13808     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13809     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13810     evt.callable = callable
13811     evt.args = args
13812     evt.kw = kw
13813     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13814
13815 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13816
13817
13818 class CallLater:
13819     """
13820     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13821     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13822     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13823     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13824
13825     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13826     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13827     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13828     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13829     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
13830     object.
13831
13832     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13833     """
13834     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13835         self.millis = millis
13836         self.callable = callable
13837         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13838         self.runCount = 0
13839         self.running = False
13840         self.hasRun = False
13841         self.result = None
13842         self.timer = None
13843         self.Start()
13844
13845     def __del__(self):
13846         self.Stop()
13847
13848
13849     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13850         """
13851         (Re)start the timer
13852         """
13853         self.hasRun = False
13854         if millis is not None:
13855             self.millis = millis
13856         if args or kwargs:
13857             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13858         self.Stop()
13859         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13860         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13861         self.running = True
13862     Restart = Start
13863
13864
13865     def Stop(self):
13866         """
13867         Stop and destroy the timer.
13868         """
13869         if self.timer is not None:
13870             self.timer.Stop()
13871             self.timer = None
13872
13873
13874     def GetInterval(self):
13875         if self.timer is not None:
13876             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13877         else:
13878             return 0
13879
13880
13881     def IsRunning(self):
13882         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13883
13884
13885     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13886         """
13887         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13888         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13889         new call to the same callable object but with different
13890         parameters.
13891         """
13892         self.args = args
13893         self.kwargs = kwargs
13894
13895
13896     def HasRun(self):
13897         return self.hasRun
13898
13899     def GetResult(self):
13900         return self.result
13901
13902     def Notify(self):
13903         """
13904         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13905         """
13906         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13907             self.runCount += 1
13908             self.running = False
13909             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13910         self.hasRun = True
13911         if not self.running:
13912             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13913             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13914
13915     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13916     Result = property(GetResult)
13917
13918
13919 class FutureCall(CallLater):
13920     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
13921
13922 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13923 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13924 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13925 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13926 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13927 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13928 # where they should be used.
13929
13930 class __DocFilter:
13931     """
13932     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13933     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13934     """
13935     def __init__(self, globals):
13936         self._globals = globals
13937
13938     def __call__(self, name):
13939         import types
13940         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13941
13942         # only document classes and function
13943         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13944             return False
13945
13946         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13947         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13948             return False
13949
13950         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13951         if name.find('_') != -1:
13952             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13953             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13954             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13955                 return False
13956
13957         return True
13958
13959 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13960 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13961
13962 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13963 # "core" wx namespace
13964 from _gdi import *
13965 from _windows import *
13966 from _controls import *
13967 from _misc import *
13968
13969 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13970 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13971
13972
13973